1
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1995 MR2.
Applicable models: SW20, 21 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals;
Manual Name Pub. No.
1995 MR2 Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2
1995 TOYOTA New Car Features
RM412U1RM412U2NCF109U
All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.
NOTICE
2
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No. Section Description
A
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
I
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.
J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
KOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
5
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
Explanation of pin use.
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L – Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).
Example:
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.
: Page No.
: Indicates a shielded cable.
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
6
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAYAND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21
P 3 21 P 5 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
IC 24 COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 24 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3) in thismanual include a short terminal which isconnected to a number of wire harnesses.Always perform inspection with the shortterminal installed. (When installing the wireharnesses, the harnesses can be connectedto any position within the short terminalgrouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame position in the short terminal may beconnected to a wire harness from a differentpart.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.
HINT:
7
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with that letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It isdescribed on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
GROUND POINT
9
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
11
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:
– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unlessabsolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies accordingto the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.
13
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.
Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black
“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pullthe terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.
“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight into theaccess hole of terminal retainer as shown.
14
TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
15
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemA/C = Air ConditioningA/T = Automatic TransaxleCOMB. = CombinationECU = Electronic Control UnitEFI = Electronic Fuel InjectionEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationEHPS = Electro Hydraulic Power SteeringFL = Fusible LinkISC = Idle Speed ControlJ/B = Junction BlockLH = Left-HandMFI = Multiport Fuel InjectionM/T = Manual TransaxleO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right–HandSFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel InjectionSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTEMP. = TemperatureT–VIS = Toyota–Variable Induction SystemVSV = Vacuum Switching Valvew/ = Withw/o = Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) andare not treated as being abbreviations.
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)
(for Medium Current Fuse)
M
16
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
17
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES
(1) NOTCONNECTED
[Body]
[Engine Compartment]
18
RELAY LOCATIONS
19
[Instrument Panel]
1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
20
RELAY LOCATIONS
2 : R/B No. 2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
5 : R/B No. 5 Front Luggage Compartment Right (See Page 18)
21
: J/B No. 3 Behind Combination Meter (See Page 19)
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
22
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–GTE]
A 1 A/C Magnetic Clutch E 7 Engine Coolant Temp. SensorA 2 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH (EFI Water Temp. Sensor)A 3 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH E 8 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
E 9 Engine Oil Level Sensor (3S–GTE)B 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
F 1 Fuel Pump Relay (3S–GTE)C 1 Cold Start Injector (3S–GTE) F 2 Fuel Pump Resistor (3S–GTE)C 2 Cooling Fan ECU (for Engine Compartment) (3S–GTE)C 3 Cooling Fan Motor (for Engine Compartment) (3S–GTE) G 1 Generator (Alternator)C 4 Cruise Control Actuator G 2 Generator (Alternator)
D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) H 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Oxygen Sensor)D 2 Distributor (3S–GTE)
E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (5S–FE) or Short Pin (3S–GTE) I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)E 2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid (5S–FE A/T) I 2 Ignition CoilE 3 Engine Compartment Temp. Sensor I 3 IgniterE 4 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically I 4 Injector No. 1
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T)) I 5 Injector No. 2E 5 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically I 6 Injector No. 3
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T)) I 7 Injector No. 4E 6 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically I 8 Intake Air Temp. Sensor (In Air Temp. Sensor)
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T)) (5S–FE)
23
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment[5S–FE]
K 1 Knock Sensor S 4 Starter Relay
M 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn(Vacuum Sensor) (5S–FE) T 2 Throttle Position Sensor
M 2 SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor) (3S–GTE) T 3 Turbo Pressure Sensor (3S–GTE)
N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (forCombination Meter)
O 1 Oil Pressure SW V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (forO 2 Oxygen Sensor (Main) (5S–FE) Electronically Controlled Transmission) (5S–FE A/T)O 3 Oxygen Sensor (Sub) (5S–FE) V 3 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) (3S–GTE)
V 4 VSV (for A/C Idle–Up System)P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW), V 5 VSV (for EGR System)
Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator SW V 6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up Control System) (5S–FE)(5S–FE A/T) V 7 VSV (for T–VIS)
V 8 VSV (for Turbo Pressure Control System) (3S–GTE)S 1 Start Injector Time SW (3S–GTE)S 2 Starter W 1 Water Temp. SenderS 3 Starter
24
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 4 A/C Amplifier C 11 Clock I 9 Ignition Key Cylinder LightA 5 A/C Control Assembly C 12 Clutch Start SW (M/T) I 10 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SWA 6 A/C Control Assembly C 13 Combination Meter I 11 Interior Light Control RelayA 7 A/C Control Assembly C 14 Combination MeterA 8 A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay C 15 Combination Meter J 1 Junction ConnectorA 9 A/C Thermistor C 16 Combination Meter (A/T J 2 Junction ConnectorA 10 ABS ECU Indicator Light) J 3 Junction Connector (for Earth)A 11 ABS ECU C 17 Combination SWA 12 Air Inlet Servo Motor C 18 Combination SW K 2 Key Interlock SolenoidA 13 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor C 19 Cruise Control Clutch SWA 14 Airbag Squib (for Passenger C 20 Cruise Control ECU O 4 O/D Main SW
Airbag Assembly)A 15 Airbag Squib (for Steering D 3 Diode (for A/C System) P 2 Parking Brake SW
Wheel Pad) D 4 Diode (for Electrical Idle–Up System) P 3 Power Main RelayA 16 Ashtray Illumination D 5 Diode (for Power Window)
D 6 Diode (for Theft Deterrent System) R 1 Radio and PlayerB 2 Blower Motor D 7 Door Lock ECU R 2 Radio and PlayerB 3 Blower Resistor R 3 Radio and PlayerB 4 Buckle SW F 3 Fog Light SW R 4 Rheostat
F 4 Fuel PumpC 6 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly F 5 Fuel Sender S 5 Seat Belt Warning RelayC 7 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly S 6 Shift Lock ECUC 8 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly H 2 Hazard SW S 7 Stop Light SW or Stop Light SWC 9 Cigarette Lighter and Cruise Control Stop SWC 10 Cigarette Lighter Illumination
T 4 Turn Signal Flasher
25
Position of Parts in Body
A 17 A/C Condenser Fan Motor F 6 Fog Light LH P 15 Power Window Motor RHA 18 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C F 7 Fog Light RH P 16 Power Window SW RH
Dual and Single Pressure SW) F 8 Front Airbag Sensor LH(w/ A/C) or Short Pin (w/o A/C) F 9 Front Airbag Sensor RH R 5 Radiator Fan Motor
A 19 ABS Actuator F 10 Front Luggage Compartment R 6 Rear Combination Light LHA 20 ABS Actuator Door Courtesy SW R 7 Rear Combination Light RHA 21 ABS Actuator F 11 Front Side Marker Light LH R 8 Rear Luggage Compartment DoorA 22 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 12 Front Side Marker Light RH Courtesy SWA 23 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 13 Front Speaker LH R 9 Rear Luggage Compartment KeyA 24 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor F 14 Front Speaker RH Unlock SW
F 15 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH R 10 Rear Luggage Compartment LightB 5 Back–Up Light F 16 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RH R 11 Rear Speaker LHB 6 Brake Fluid Level SW F 17 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH R 12 Rear Speaker RH
F 18 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH R 13 Rear Window Defogger (+)D 8 Diode (for Interior System) R 14 Rear Window Defogger (–)D 9 Door Courtesy Light LH H 3 Headlight LH R 15 Rear Woofer Amplifier LHD 10 Door Courtesy Light RH H 4 Headlight RH R 16 Rear Woofer Amplifier RHD 11 Door Courtesy SW LH H 5 High Mounted Stop Light R 17 Rear Woofer Speaker LHD 12 Door Courtesy SW RH H 6 Horn R 18 Rear Woofer Speaker RHD 13 Door Key Cylinder Light and Out Side H 7 Horn R 19 Remote Control Mirror LH
Handle SW R 20 Remote Control Mirror RHD 14 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH L 1 License Plate Light R 21 Remote Control Mirror SWD 15 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH R 22 Retract Control RelayD 16 Door Lock Control SW RH P 4 Personal Light R 23 Retract Motor LHD 17 Door Lock Motor, Door Open Detection P 5 Power Steering Driver R 24 Retract Motor RH
SW LH (w/o Theft Deterrent System) P 6 Power Steering DriverD 18 Door Lock Motor, Door Open Detection P 7 Power Steering Driver S 8 Stereo Component Amplifier
SW RH (w/o Theft Deterrent System) P 8 Power Steering ECU S 9 Stereo Component AmplifierD 19 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock P 9 Power Steering Pump with Motor S 10 Stereo Component Amplifier
Detection SW and Door Open P 10 Power Steering Pump with MotorDetection SW LH (w/ Theft) P 11 Power Steering Relay T 5 Theft Deterrent ECUDeterrent System) P 12 Power Steering Relay
D 20 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection P 13 Power Window Master SW and Door W 2 Washer MotorSW and Door Open Detection Lock Control SW LH W 3 Water Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan)SW RH (w/ Theft Deterrent System) P 14 Power Window Motor LH W 4 Wiper Motor
26
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
[3S–GTE]
: Location of Splice Points
27
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)
EA4ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EC1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
28
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
[5S–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
29
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)
EA4ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
30
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
31
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE1
IE2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE3ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IF1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
IH1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
32
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
33
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1
II2LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
IJ1FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ2FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK2FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
35
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BL1 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
BM1ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
36
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
Starter
Battery
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarilyon the page indicated here.
FL MAIN 2.0L
FL 1.0Y Starter Relay
7.5A ALT SENCING
7.5A AM2
40A AM2 Ignition MainRelay
15A EFI
Retract ControlRelay
Headlight Relay
120A ALT Generator(Alternator)
40A HTR
7.5A ECU–B
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME 15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD RH)
50A AM1
80A ABS
Fan Main Relay
Starter
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)19 2020
37
(5S–FE)
Noise Filter
SFI Resistor(EFI Resistor)
Ignition Coil
Igniter
7.5A ECU–IG
20A VENT
Heater Relay
ABS Actuator
Power SteeringRelay
15A FR FOG
Ignition SW(AM1)
10A A/C
Blower Resistor
A/C ControlAssembly
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
(3S–GTE)
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A TAIL
20A DOOR
15A STOP
30A POWER
20A DEFOG 15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
Blower Motor
ABS ECU
Power SteeringDriver
Power SteeringMotor
38
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
172 172
A5 A8A7 A10 A12 A13 A16 B6A1
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
A4 B1 B5 C1 C2 C3 C6
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
90134172
138 172 90 172 138 158 166 50 75 115 156
A17 A18 A20 A24 C9
172 98 98
A/C
Am
plifi
er
A/C
Con
trol
Ass
embl
y
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
Rel
ay
AB
S E
CU
Air
Inle
t Ser
vo M
otor
Air
Ven
t Mod
e C
ontr
olS
ervo
Mot
or
Ash
tray
Illu
min
atio
n
A/C
Con
dens
er F
an M
otor
A/C
Trip
le P
ress
ure
SW
(A/C
Dua
l and
Sin
gle
Pre
ssur
e S
W)
(w/ A
/C)
or S
hort
Pin
(w
/o A
/C)
AB
S A
ctua
tor
Aut
o A
nten
na C
ontr
olR
elay
and
Mot
or
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W (
M/T
)
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght
Bra
ke F
luid
Lev
el S
W
Col
d S
tart
Inje
ctor
Coo
ling
Fan
Mot
or(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
Cen
ter
Airb
ag S
enso
rA
ssem
bly
Coo
ling
Fan
EC
U(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)19 2020
39
156
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er Il
lum
inat
ion
C10 C14C11 C12 C13 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 D1
90
50 56 66128
94166 115 138 166 90 75 150 56
66 144 122 109 96 54 84 81 144 122 112818684
121 8490 96 150
56 66115
Clo
ck
Clu
tch
Sta
rt S
W (
M/T
)
Ope
n D
oor
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
SR
S W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]A
BS
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Com
bina
tion
Met
er(I
llum
inat
ion)
Coo
ling
Fan
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Mal
func
tion
Indi
cato
r La
mp
(Che
ck E
ngin
e W
arni
ngLi
ght)
[Com
b. M
eter
]
O/D
Off
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]P
ower
Ste
erin
g W
arni
ngLi
ghts
[Com
b. M
eter
]S
eat B
elt W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]Tu
rn S
igna
l Ind
icat
orLi
ght [
Com
b. M
eter
]C
harg
e W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]F
og L
ight
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]H
igh
Bea
m In
dica
tor
Ligh
t[C
omb.
Met
er]
A/T
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]S
teer
ing
Pos
ition
Sen
sor
[Com
b. S
W]
Wip
er a
nd W
ashe
r S
W[C
omb.
SW
]D
imm
er S
W[C
omb.
SW
]H
orn
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Ligh
t Con
trol
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Turn
Sig
nal S
W[C
omb.
SW
]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
Clu
tch
SW
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U
Dat
a Li
nk C
onne
ctor
1(C
heck
Con
nect
or)
40
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) *1: w/o Theft Deterrent System
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
172
Dio
de (
for
A/C
Sys
tem
)
D3
Dio
de (
for
Ele
ctric
alId
le–U
p S
yste
m)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
D4 D5 D7 D9 D10 D11 E4 E5 E6
100104 94 104
50 56 66172
5666
505666
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
D12 D13 D17 D18 D19 D20 E4 E6
134 66144
66144
Dio
de (
for
Pow
er W
indo
w)
Doo
r Lo
ck E
CU
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t LH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t RH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
LH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
RH
Doo
r K
ey C
ylin
der
Ligh
t
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
rO
pen
Det
ectio
n S
W L
H (
*1)
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
rO
pen
Det
ectio
n S
W R
H (
*1)
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
r U
nloc
kD
etec
tion
SW
and
Doo
r O
pen
Det
ectio
n S
W L
H(w
/ The
ft D
eter
rent
Sys
tem
)
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
, Doo
r U
nloc
kD
etec
tion
SW
and
Doo
r O
pen
Det
ectio
n S
W R
H(w
/ The
ft D
eter
rent
Sys
tem
)E
ngin
e C
ontr
ol M
odul
e(E
ngin
e E
CU
)
Eng
ine
Con
trol
Mod
ule
(Eng
ine
and
Ele
ctro
nica
llyC
ontr
olle
d Tr
ansm
issi
on E
CU
)
Eng
ine
Con
trol
Mod
ule
(Eng
ine
EC
U)
Eng
ine
Con
trol
Mod
ule
(Eng
ine
EC
U)
Eng
ine
Con
trol
Mod
ule
(Eng
ine
and
Ele
ctro
nica
llyC
ontr
olle
d Tr
ansm
issi
on E
CU
)
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)19 2020
41
E9
166 56
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F11 F12
8490
Eng
ine
Oil
Leve
l Sen
sor
F15 F16 G1 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 I1 I9 I10 I11 K2 L1
5666 166 84 86 86 8696 96 54 56 90
968184
99 121 121 5666 94
46 54 66115
50 56 75128
172
94 136 86F
uel P
ump
Rel
ay
Fue
l Pum
p R
esis
tor
Fog
Lig
ht S
W
Fue
l Pum
p
Fue
l Sen
der
Fog
Lig
ht L
H
Fog
Lig
ht R
H
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t RH
Par
king
Lig
ht L
H
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
LH
Par
king
Lig
ht R
H
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
RH
Gen
erat
or (
Alte
rnat
or)
Hea
ted
Oxy
gen
Sen
sor
(Oxy
gen
Sen
sor)
Haz
ard
SW
Hea
dlig
ht L
H
Hea
dlig
ht R
H
Hig
h M
ount
ed S
top
Ligh
t
Hor
n LH
Hor
n R
H
Idle
Air
Con
trol
Val
ve(I
SC
Val
ve)
Igni
tion
Key
Cyl
inde
r Li
ght
Igni
tion
SW
(A
M2)
Inte
rior
Ligh
t Con
trol
Rel
ay
Key
Inte
rlock
Sol
enoi
d
Lice
nse
Pla
te L
ight
42
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse O1
Loca
tion
Oil
Pre
ssur
e S
W
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
166 50 98144
166 100 94 122 90 172 96
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
O4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P7 P8 P13 P14 P15 P16 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7
90144
66128 100 90
164 99 86 96 99 86
O/D
Mai
n S
W
Par
k/N
eutr
al P
ositi
on S
W(N
eutr
al S
tart
SW
),B
ack–
Up
Ligh
t SW
and
A/T
Indi
cato
r S
W (
A/T
)
Par
king
Bra
ke S
W
Pow
er M
ain
Rel
ay
Per
sona
l Lig
ht
Pow
er S
teer
ing
Driv
er
Pow
er S
teer
ing
EC
U
Pow
er W
indo
w M
aste
r S
W a
ndD
oor
Lock
Con
trol S
W L
H
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
LH
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
RH
Pow
er W
indo
w S
W R
H
Rad
io a
nd P
laye
r
Rhe
osta
t
Rad
iato
r F
an M
otor
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]S
top
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Tail
and
Rea
r S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]S
top
Ligh
t RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
Tail
and
Rea
r S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)19 2020
43
134
Rea
r Lug
gage
Com
part
men
tD
oor
Cou
rtes
y S
W
94
R8 R10 R13 R15 R16 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 S1 S4 S5 S6 S7 S9 T1 T4 T5 V1 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 W1
94 160 126788490
81 86128
81 50 50128 109 136
56 99136138144150
90160 128 96 128 166 66
1725666 66 56 166
Rea
r Lu
ggag
e C
ompa
rtm
ent
Ligh
t
Rea
r W
indo
w D
efog
ger
Rea
r W
oofe
r A
mpl
ifier
LH
Rea
r W
oofe
r A
mpl
ifier
RH
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or L
H
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or R
H
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or S
W
Ret
ract
Con
trol
Rel
ay
Ret
ract
Mot
or L
H
Ret
ract
Mot
or R
H
Sta
rt In
ject
or T
ime
SW
Sta
rter
Rel
ay
Sea
t Bel
t War
ning
Rel
ay
Shi
ft Lo
ck E
CU
Sto
p Li
ght S
W
Ste
reo
Com
pone
nt A
mpl
ifier
The
ft D
eter
rent
Hor
n
Turn
Sig
nal F
lash
er
The
ft D
eter
rent
EC
U
Veh
icle
Spe
ed S
enso
r(S
peed
Sen
sor)
No.
1(f
or C
ombi
natio
n M
eter
)
VS
V (
for
A/C
Idle
–Up
Sys
tem
)
VS
V (
for
EG
R S
yste
m)
VS
V (
for
Fue
l Pre
ssur
eU
p C
ontr
ol S
yste
m)
VS
V (
for
T–V
IS)
VS
V (
for
Turb
o P
ress
ure
Con
trol
Sys
tem
)
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
der
44
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse W2
112
Loca
tion
Was
her
Mot
or
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
W3 S4
172 112 78 90156
86128
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
134 5666 75
56 66144
465666
172 7884 172 121
128
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
sor
(for
Rad
iato
r F
an)
Wip
er M
otor
Def
ogge
r R
elay
Taill
ight
Rel
ay
Circ
uit O
peni
ng R
elay
Coo
ling
Fan
Rel
ay(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
EF
I Mai
n R
elay
Igni
tion
Mai
n R
elay
Fan
Mai
n R
elay
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 1
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 2
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 3
Fog
Lig
ht R
elay
Hea
ter
Rel
ay
Hor
n R
elay
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)19 2020
46
POWER SOURCE
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
55
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 5 5 5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5 5
5
5
5
B 5
9 3
1 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10 8 6 2 4
3 5
5
3
2
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
4
1
1
3
4
1
W
R–B
R–G
R–B
W
W–R
B–R
G–R
R–G
R
L–R
L–R
B–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
W
W–R
WW
W
W
W
B–O
L
W W
B–W W B
R–L L
W
W–B
W
B–R W
W
R
40A
AM
2
80A
AB
S
50A
AM
1
40A
HT
R
FAN MAINRELAY
10A A/C
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
7. 5A AM2
7. 5A ECU–B
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
7. 5A ALTSENCING
P–G B
W
120A
ALT
BA
TT
ER
Y
TO
AB
SA
CT
UA
TO
R
5
7
WTO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
II1
1
FL
MA
IN2.
0L
HEADLIGHTRELAY
HE
AT
ER
RE
LAY
B–RB–RIE2
1
47
2 2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AM
2
AM
1
AC
C
IG1
IG2
ST
2
329
410
ST
1
II2
22
II3
13
IE44
1
B22
W
B–R
W
B–R
B–O
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
L–R
B–Y
L–R
L
W–L
W
GR
R–L
R–Y
L
B–Y
B–R
W–R
B–
R
WW
B–O
B–Y
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
5
2
2
2
3
4
2
2
3
4
3
1
1
1
4
IGNITION SW
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
15A EFI
20A VENT
7. 5A ECU–IG
20A WIPER
7. 5A TURN
7. 5A GAUGE
15A RAD & CIG
15A TAIL
20A DOOR
30A POWER
20A DEFOG
I10
13
R–W15A STOP
2B–R
W
I27 : M/TI28 : A/T
48
POWER SOURCE
HEADLIGHT RELAY(5) 2– (5) 3: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY(2) 5– (2) 4: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
FAN MAIN RELAY(5) 5– (5) 4: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
I10 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE230 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
( )
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2732 COWL WIRE
B 5 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I2832 COWL WIRE
B22 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
50
STARTING AND IGNITION
10 9
6
AM2 IG2
ST2
II11 II313
5
5
5
55
M
E18
P
N
2
3
IE2
1
A B
1
2
12
STJ STA
E2
C11
4 3
9 82 1
7. 5AAM2
40A
AM
2
BA
TTE
RY
STARTER
STARTERRELAY
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)
IGNITION SW
(A/T)
B–R
R
B–O
B–R
B–O
W
WW
B–W
B
B–R
B–R
B–R
W
B–R
B–R
B–W
W–B
2
1
IE49
STARTINJECTORTIME SW
B
R–W
R
B–R
G
R
R–W
GG
RR
I10
S 2 , S 3S 1
P 1
S 4
C12CLUTCHSTART SW
B
R–W
R–W
BB
1 1
( M/T
)( M
/T)
(A/T)
( *4)
A B
(*4)
(A/T)
( *4)
( A/T
)
STA
EA38
A
2
10
3
11
R–W
R
R–W
R–W
(A/T)
(*4)
( *5)
R–W
(A/T)
E12E12
E19
R
R
(*5)
(*5)
B
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CTO
R
C1
E14G
R ( *5)
R
R
( *5)
B22
EA15
EA17
BM14IE32
W–B
W–B
B
(A/T)(M/T)
FL
MA
IN2.
0L
FL
1.0Y
BI
3B8
3D
10
IC
W–B
BW–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 3)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
(*7) ( *8)
( *9)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J/BNO. 3
J 3
J 1
TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU
IK114
R–B
R–W
A
(*1)
B23
BG
W–B
E 4
( A/T
)
(A/T)
( A/T
)
R
( M/T
)
R
(M/T)
( *5)
( *5)
(* 5)
( *5)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
(* 5)
(*6)
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TRO
NIC
ALL
YC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
EC
U( A
/T) ,
EN
GIN
EE
CU
( M/T
))
AC
BD
EE
4,
E4
,E
6,
E6
,E
6
(*4)
(*8)
51
∗1 : 5S–FE M/T W/O ABS, AUTO ANTENNA, THEFT DETERRENT AND POWER WINDOW∗2 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER∗3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
∗4 : 5S–FE M/T∗5 : 3S–GTE∗6 : 5S–FE A/T∗7 : EXCEPT ∗2, EXCEPT ∗3
∗8 : ∗2, EXCEPT ∗3∗9 : EXCEPT ∗1
B23
E22 E3 E4 E5 E18
D17D18
B17B18
D20
B20
D3
B3
D4
B4B7
C22
IE4
4
II2
22 2
2 2
2
1
BG BIEA
18
3 5
1 4
2
W R B( *5)
( 5S
–FE
)
( *5)
( 5S
–FE
)
( *5)
( 5S
–FE
)
( *5)
A1
B
2 A4
B1 B4 B3
I 2D 1
I 3 D 2
B–R
B–O
R–W
G
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–W B–R
B–W
B–W
B
B–R
W–B
W–BW
–B
G
R–W
W
W–R
B–O
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
IGNITER DISTRIBUTOR
IGNITIONCOIL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)
TO FAN MAINRELAY NO. 1
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
(A/T)
( A/T
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
IG–
STJ IGTNSW IGF NE G1 G–
A C
2
TOT
AC
HO
ME
TE
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
TOA
/CA
MP
LIF
IER
E7
:*5
E17
:5S
–FE
B D E
W–B
W–B
BR
RGB
A
A
2
2
EB1
4
EB1
1
EB1
5
B–R
B–RB–R
B–R
B–R B–R
B–R
TO SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR)(3S–GTE)TO INJECTORS(5S–FE)
E17
D5
B5
B2
A3(5S–FE)
(*5)
(*5)
(*6)
(*4)
NE– G2
E 4 , E 4 , E 6 , E 6 , E 6
G W
( 5S
–FE
)
I15 : M/TI26 : A/T
( *5)
(* 5)
NE+ G+(5S–FE)(*5)
NO
ISE
FILT
ER
( FO
RIG
NIT
ION
)
N1
5 3
4
2 1
2 1
EA35
B
52
STARTING AND IGNITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY(2) 5– (2) 4 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
I10 IGNITION SW10–9: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION10–6: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
S 4 STARTER RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE CLUTCH START SW ON POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)2–3 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C12 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
C 1 COLD START INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND THE STARTER CRANKING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 22 B 22 J 3 24
C12 24 E 6 D 23 N 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
D 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
E 6
E 23 P 1 23
D 2A 22 I 2 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) S 1 22
D 2B 23 I 3 22 (2S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) S 2 A 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
E 4A 22 I10 24 S 3 B 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
E 4C 23 J 1 24 S 4 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE2
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 32 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
SERVICE HINTS
53
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 426 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREE18
28 (5S FE) ENGINE WIREE 428 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREE19
28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
E 7 I1532 COWL WIRE
E12 26 (3S–GTE)ENGINE WIRE
I2632 COWL WIRE
E14
26 (3S GTE)ENGINE WIRE
B2234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E17 28 (5S–FE) B2334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
54
CHARGING
ST
2
AM
2
9
10
5
5 2 5
5
II313 EA34 II34
IE11 IE15
EA317
EB17
IG11
EA41
6
7
GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
B
7. 5AALTSENCING
B1 B2 B3 A1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
W
W
B–R Y
W W
B–R Y
B–
Y
W W W
W W
W
B–
Y
WW
W–R
B–YY
B–O
W
B–O
B–O
Y
FL MAIN2. 0L
CHARGEWARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
IGNITIONSW
7. 5AAM2
TOIGNITION MAINRELAY
7. 5AECU–IG
10
3 3 1
3
2 2 2
120A
ALT C15
I10
BATTERY
G 1 , G 2B A
IG2
W–R
I 6 : M/TI26 : A/T
L IG S
IC REGULATOR
55
G 1(B) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)(B) 3–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(B) 1–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 24 G 2 A 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
G 1 B 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) I10 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)
EA426 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EA428 (5S–FE)
EB126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 30 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 6 32 COWL WIRE I26 32 COWL WIRE
76 1 2 3X X 9 10
C15 GRAY I10 BLACKB BLACKG 1
1
AG 2
SERVICE HINTS
56
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE AN OUTLINEOF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. ANDHAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATERTEMP.). THUS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (WATER TEMP.). IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THWOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKEAIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(3) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE HEATED OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALOX OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGENSENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR), A HEATER IS USED FOR WARNING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (HT).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITIONIS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND RPM IS INPUT TOTERMINAL NE .
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL .
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN TRANSMISSION ANDTHE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL AC OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TOTERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(12) ENGINE KNOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(13) ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGHELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
57
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) (EFI) SYSTEM
THE SFI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12))INPUTS TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU). THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TOTERMINALS #1, #2, #3 AND #4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECTFUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). FINELY CONTROLS FUELINJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11)) INPUT TO THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU). THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGTOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATEIGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPUTER OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP CONTROL RELAY AND THUS CONTROLSTHE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP.OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW). AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THESENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 6, 8, 9, 11)),CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) VALVE SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FORFAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS 1, 4 TO 8, 11, 13)), OUTPUTSCURRENT TO TERMINAL RSC AND RSO AND CONTROLS THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 10)) FROMEACH SENSOR, CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR AND OPERATION OF THE EGR VALVE IS CONTROLLED.
* INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
IN THE INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM, EACH CYLINDER IN THE INTAKE MANIFOLD IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS, WITH AN INTAKEAIR CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED IN THE PASSAGE ON ONE SIDE. THE OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE PROVIDES THEMOST APPROPRIATE INTAKE AIR FLOW AND, AS WELL AS PREVENTING PERFORMANCE LOSS AT LOW SPEEDS, ALSO IMPROVESFUEL ECONOMY. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4,5)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL TVIS CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR T–VIS) AND, CARRIES OUT OPENING AND CLOSING OFTHE VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM,THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BYREADING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
58
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
5
5
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2
5 5
5
2 2 2 2 2 2
II11
EB14
EB12
IE44II313
IE4
9
E 4
B23
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
6 4 1
23
BG BI
1
4314
2
10 3 6 4 1
8 92
3
10
1
2
2
5 3 1 2
9
6 2R
B–O
B–O
R R R
W–R
B–YB–Y
W–R
W–B
B–Y
W–B
G–R
B–Y
AM2 IG2
ST2B
–RW
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–O
B–O
L–B
L–B
G–R
W–BW
–B
B–Y
B–R
W–B
W
R L B Y
B–R
B–Y
RR
W–R
W–B
15AEFI
7. 5AAM2
W–B
B–Y
40A
AM
2
W–B
W–B
B–W
W–L
R–W
G–Y
B–W
W–L
R–W
IGNITION SW CLUTCH STARTSW
IGNITIONMAINRELAY
EFI MAINRELAY CIRCUIT
OPENINGRELAY
SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR)
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
INJE
CTO
RN
O.1
INJE
CTO
RN
O.2
INJE
CTO
RN
O.3
INJE
CTO
RN
O.4
I10 C12
M 2
I4
I5
I6
I7
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 46)
IE21
2
2
B–R
59
*3 : W/O CRUISE CONTROL*2 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL*1 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER
WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
1 1
3A9
A6 A12 A1 A11 A4 A5
A14 B24 B25 B11 B12 B2 B1 B10
IE14
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
E13 E11
E 3
BM12
M
2
A
15ASTOP
7. 5AGAUGE
R
W–R
B–Y
L–B
G–R
B–Y
G–Y
B–W
W–L
R–W
L–B
B–Y
L–B
L–R
W–R
R
B–Y
2 3 1
2 2
5
1 1
R–L
R–W
G–W
G–W
R
W–R
B–Y
L–W
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
R
G–B
L–O
R–W
W–L
B–W
G–R
G–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
L–B
FUELPUMP
FUEL PUMPRESISTOR
VS
V( F
OR
TU
RB
OP
RE
SS
UR
EC
ON
TR
OL
SY
ST
EM
)
VS
V( F
OR
T–V
IS)
FUEL PUMPRELAY
MA
LFU
NC
TIO
NIN
DIC
ATO
RLA
MP
( CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
)[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
F 1
F 2
F 4
C14
,C
15
V8 V
7
E 4 , E 5 , E 6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)
A C B
AB
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
B9
3
G
E11B–Y
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I26W–B
W–B
IC ID
W–B
A10
E 5IE1
16
IH1
12
EA3
16
B2
A2
A1
B1
(*2)
(*3)
(*2)(*3)
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
S7
AB
J/BNO. 3
3D9
3C2
A4
B8
IE115
E 2
EA112
EA115
G–W
AA
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
G–W
B–Y
G–W
R–L
R–L
( *1)
( *1)
G–W
G–W
G–W
B–WB–WB–W
B–W B–W
B–W
B–W
G–W
W
FP
RFC TP
C
TVIS
RS
C
RS
O
#4
#3
#2
#1
ST
P
ST
A+B
BA
TT
AC
FROMA/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY
TOA/C MAGNETICCLUTCH
IDLE
AIR
CO
NT
RO
LV
ALV
E( I
SC
VA
LVE
)
I1
G–W
J/BNO. 3
R–L
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
60
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
E10
E13
IE312
EA318
IE412
IE113
EA35
EB15
2
1
A15 C4 C12 C11
B6 B8 C6 C8 C15 B20 B3
35
1832842
432
412
694
31
1
OX1 VF1 TE1
IG–E1W+B
TO
AB
SE
CU
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
P R–L
BR
BR
G–
YG
–Y
R
P
P W
P W R–
L
BR
BR
P
B–Y
G–W
B–Y
B
B–R
R–W
B
R–W B
W
W–
R
B–Y
B–Y
G–W
BB
B–
R
B–
W
B–
R
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NC
OIL
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NM
AIN
RE
LAY
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( EF
IW
ATE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
)
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
(SH
IELD
ED
)
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
IGNITERI 3
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)
E 4 , E 5 , E 6A C B
T 2
E7
1
2
E11B–Y
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TE
M)
V5
(SHIELDED)
A2
IE18
3A2
FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
FR
OM
DE
FO
GG
ER
SW
( A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
)
TO
DE
FO
GG
ER
RE
LAY3 1
2
BB
R–Y
G
R–Y
R–YJ/BNO. 3
D1
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R)
L–B
1
FP
L–B
C14
7
TE2
HE
AT
ED
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
)
H1
E 6
(SHIELDED)
B
B
B–W
ELS
OX
AB
S
TH
W
IDL
TE
2
TE
1
IGF
IGT
VF
HT
VT
A
EG
R
P–L
DIO
DE
( FO
RE
LEC
TR
ICA
LID
LE–U
PS
YS
TE
M)
D4
61
E16 E16
E 6
E 6
B14 B13 B26 B17 C13 A8 A7 A9
C1 C5 C2 C3 C9 C10 B7
IE33
II41 II42 II413
I10
IE34 IE35 IE114
A6
A10
ID
B4 B18 B5
EA
764
23 2
1 5 1
9 14 5
14321
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)
E 4 , E 5 , E 6A C BR–L
L–B
Y–R B
L–BL–
B
R–L
L–B
BR
R–L
B–Y G
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
R–L
L–B
R–L
BR
BR
TURBOPRESSURESENSOR
VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)
TO
TU
RB
OP
RE
SS
UR
EM
ETE
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
SH
OR
TP
IN
FR
OM
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CT
OR
RWGB
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
BBR
BR
BR
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
L–YB
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
BR
BR B
R
BR
BR
BR
V–WDISTRIBUTORKNOCKSENSOR
POWER STEERINGECU
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
T 3
V 3
D 2K 1
E1
P 8
C14
E11
E 6(SHIELDED)
EA111
E1
NE
EO
2
PS
VS
THA
TH
G
VC
PS
CT
SP
D
E2
EO
1
G1
G2
G–
KN
K
PIM
ST
J
BR
E15
E 7
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
A
62
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
EFI MAIN RELAY(2) 2– (2) 4: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
M 2 SFI RESISTOR (EFI RESISTOR)2–1, 3, 4, 6: 4–6
I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7 INJECTOR1–2: APPROX. 2–4
F 2 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR1–2: APPROX. 73
V 3 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)5–6: 200–600 5–4: 200–400 5–7: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
E 7 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)2–7 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR3–1: 0.2–0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)2–1: LESS THAN 2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.0197 IN.)
WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN.)3–1: 2.0–10.2 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN4–1: 2.5–5.9 K
E 4, E 5, E 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) CONNECTORS
BATT –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS+B –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IDL –E2 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VTA –E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC –E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)VS –E2 : 4.0–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)THA –E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, (68°F))THW –E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, (176°F))STA –E1 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)#1, #2, #3, #4 – E01, E02 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IGT –E1 : PULSE GENERATIONTVIS –E1 : 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN2.0 VOLTS OR LESS IDLING9–14 VOLTS WITH 4200 RPM OR MORE
TE1 –E1 : 9.14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NO CONNECT0.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECT
AC –E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C SWITCH ONRSC, RSO –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)PIM E–2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)W –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU))
IDL –E1 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)LESS THAN 2300 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2 : 3300–10000 (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)200–800 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VS –E2 : 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
THA –E2 : 2000–3000 (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 200–400 (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G1,G2 –G– : 140–180 NE –G– : 180–220 RSO, RSC +B : 17.7–23.9
SERVICE HINTS
63
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C12 24 F 2 22 K 1 22
C14 A 24 F 4 22 M 2 22
C15 B 24 H 1 22 P 8 25
D 1 22 I 1 22S 7
A 24
D 2 22 I 3 22S 7
B 24
D 4 24 I 4 22 T 2 22
E 1 22 I 5 22 T 3 22
E 4 A 22 I 6 22 V 3 22
E 5 C 22 I 7 22 V 5 22
E 6 B 22 I10 24 V 7 22
E 7 22 J 1 24 V 8 22
F 1 22 J 3 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1
IE230 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IH1 30 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II1
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 26 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 2 E11
E 326 (3S GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E1326 (3S GTE) ENGINE WIRE
E 426 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E1526 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE
E 5 E16
E 6 I1032 COWL WIRE
E 7 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I2632 COWL WIRE
E10
( )
B23 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
64
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
65
66
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. ANDHAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATERTEMP.). THUS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (WATER TEMP.). IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THWOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALTHA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 ANDOX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), ANDRPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+ .
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINALIDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSIONAND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT,AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL ACT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND OPERATION A/C IDLE–UP VSV IS DETECTED AND INPUT INTHE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL ACA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TOTERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) AND IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(12) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHT, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICALBURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
67
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* MFI (MULTIPART FUEL INJECTION) (EFI) SYSTEM
THE MFI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO(12)) INPUTS TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TOTERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL).IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUELINJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA ) OR FOR APPROX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENINGRELAY, CAUSING THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TO THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGTOF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATEIGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FORFAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 12)), OUTPUTSCURRENT TO TERMINAL ISCC AND ISCO, AND CONTROLS THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR AS INPUTTO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 6, 10)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONINGOPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE INORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (4, 5, 6), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM,THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BYREADING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, AND IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THEENGINE.
68
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
1 4 6
2 3
2 2 2
2 2
2 2 25
2
5
10
5
2 2
2 2
2 2
5
8
5
9
IE21
II11
EB14
EB12
BM12BM215
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
E21
E18
B23
M
2
1
P N
IE4
9
E 4 EA3
8
IE44
II313
IG2
ST2
10
6
9
IC ID BG BI
B23
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
EFIMAINRELAY
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
7. 5AAM2
15AEFI
FUELPUMP
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.1
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.2
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.3
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.4
40A
AM
2
CLUTCH STARTSW (M/T)
PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRALSTART SW)
IGNITION SW
(A/T)(M/T)
2
4 1
3 4
1
3
2
5 3
1 2
2
21
3
2
AM2
BB
B R
B–Y
B–Y
W–B
W–R
B–O
B–O
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–Y
W–B
W–B
G–R
L–B
L–B
W
B–Y
W–R
B
R–W
R–W
RRRR
R
R
B–RB–O
W–R
B–Y
W–BB–R
G–R
L–B
B–Y
W
B–R
W
W
WW
W
W
B–RB
–R
B–R
B–R
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
I7
I6
I5
I4
F 4
P 1
C12I10
R–W
R (M/T)
(A/T)
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
(A/T)FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
R–W (M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)(M/T)
W–B
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3 A
B22R–W R–W
(A/T) (A/T)
EB15
W–B
B–R
E22
W
EA15
B–R
(M/T)(M/T)
2
2
B–R
I26 : M/TI27 : A/T
( A/T
)( A
/T)
(A/T)
69
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
2
1 3
2
1
2
1
IE18
1
3A9
E20 E26
B7
A12
B2
A1
E2
A11 A22
B12
A2
A14
B4
D10
E10
D9
E9
D23
E23
D8
E14
E
11
E25
D12
E12
F15
C15
F8
C8
EB1
8
FROMTAILLIGHTRELAY
7. 5AGAUGE
J/BNO. 3
(A/T)
(M/T)
DIODE(FOR ELECTRICALIDLE–UP SYSTEM)
3
1
FROMDEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]
2
B–Y
W–R
B
R–W
R–W
G
R–Y
G–R
R–L
R–W
R–W
B–Y
W–
R
BB
B
WWG–B
L–OGR
G–R
1
2
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
(A/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
L–B
B–Y
W
W
B–Y B–Y
B–Y
R G L–O
G–B
B–
Y
B
R–W
IDLE
AIR
CO
NT
RO
LV
ALV
E( I
SC
VA
LVE
)
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TE
M)
VS
V( F
OR
FU
EL
PR
ES
SU
RE
UP
CO
NT
RO
LS
YS
TE
M)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
E 4 , E 4 , E5 , E 5 , E 6 , E 6
I1
D 4
V5
V6
D
A B F C D
3A
2
3D9
A4
B8
IE1
15
E 2EA1
15
B8
A5
F14
C7
2
1
D7
E1
B–R
P–L
G–W G–W G–W G–W
R–L R–L
R–Y
A A
(* 1) (* 1)
MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINEWARNING LIGHT)
[COMB. METER]
BC14 , C15A
G–
W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
VS
V( F
OR
A/C
IDLE
–UP
SY
ST
EM
)
V4
GB
–Y
+B W
ISC
V
FC
ISC
O
ISC
C
EG
R
FP
U
#20
#10
TE
1
TE
2
(A/T)
(M/T)
VF
ST
A
NS
W
BA
TT
ELS
J/BNO. 3
B–Y
3C2
R–L
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
8 3 18
6 41
B
B–W
BR
L–B
BR
B–
Y
9
+B E1 IG–
FP TE1 VF1 OX1
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R)
D1
B–R
7 11
B
G–W
B–W
OX2
W
2
TE2
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NC
OIL
B–W
70
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
II41 II42 II413
IE114
E25
E25
E20
E23
E18
I10
2
1
9 C
9 F
13 C
10 F
2 C
2 F
11 C
1 F
12 C
12 F11 F
5 F
1 C
6 F
6 C
3 D
3 E
20 D
22 E
5 D
17 E
18 D
5 E
17 D
18
16 A
7 E
15 A
21 E
9 A
11 B
2 5 3
1234321
11 1 2 2 34
9 14 54
BR
BR
B–Y
LG–RBR
LG–R
R–L
R–
L
W P BR
PWR–L
B
W–R W
G R B
B
L–Y
V–W
V–W
V–W
BR
B B
B
BR BR
P
V–W
B–W
BR
B
BR
BR
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTEPRESSURE SENSOR(VACUUM SENSOR)
THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR
EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
FROMCRUISECONTROL ECU
B L–Y
V–W
TOTACHOMETER[COMB. METER]
DISTRIBUTOR
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
EC
U
IGNITER
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( MA
IN)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( SU
B)
VC VTA IDL E2
I 3 D 2
P8
T 2M 1
O2
O3
E1
E
(SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
EE 4 , E 4 , E 5 , E 5 , E 6 , E 6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
A B F C D
EA35
IE113
BBE18
B–R
D4
E4
EA13 EA12
IE34 IE35
(M/T
)
( M/T
)
B L–Y
B L–Y
( M/T
)
( M/T
)
A6
A10
B
W
OX
2
OX
1
IGF
IGT
TH
G
PIM VC
VT
A
IDL
SP
D
E2
NE
–
NE
+
G+
G–
B L–Y
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
1
COMBINATIONMETER
C14
C10
PS
PS
CT
BR
BR
B
IDU
P
EF
I
SP
D
E22BR
BR BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(A/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
A
ID
W–B
71
E17
E24
E17
D14
E24
D13
E13
D26
E26
E18
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
F13
C5
B6
A21
B3
A8
C4
F4
C3
F3
C14
A3
2
1 2
1
EA315
E 4EA3
14
BM2
10
BM1
7
IH1
1
21
BM18BM22
IH1
20
EA16
IH117 IH115
BM1(M/T) 6BM2(A/T)16 IE38
R–W
R–W
( M/T
)( M
/T)
BR
BR
BR BR BR B–R
R–WR–W
B–Y
P–G
B–W
P–G
B–W P–G
BR
YY
R
B
THW
THA
THE
AC
A
EO
2
EO
1
E1
R–W
AC
1
(M/T)(A/T)
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( EFI
WA
TER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
E7
INT
AK
EA
IRT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( IN
AIR
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
I8
A 9A/C THERMISTOR
A/C AMPLIFIERA 4
AC
T
2 10
( A/T
)
AC
T
KN
K
( SH
IELD
ED
)
KNOCKSENSOR
K 1
1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(M/T) (A/T)
E22
E18
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(A/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)
EE 4 , E 4 , E 5 , E 5 , E 6 , E 6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
A B F C D
EA
72
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
E 4, E 5, E 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU (M/T) OR ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T))
VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORBATT –E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS+B –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)IDL –E2 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC –E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)VTA –E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)PIM –E2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)THA –E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)STA –E1 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)IGT –E1 PULSE GENERATIONW –E1 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)ACT –E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ACA –E1 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)TE1 –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
: 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECTED)NSW –E1 : 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE)
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EXCEPT PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL –E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)2.3 K OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2 : 3.3–10.0 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)0.2–0.8 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VC –E2 : 3.0–7.0 KTHA –E2 : 2.0–3.0 K (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 0.2–0.4 K (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G+, NE+– G– : 0.17–0.21 KISCC,ISCO–+B : 19.3–22.3
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 4 24E 6
D 23 J 3 24
A 9 24E 6
E 23 K 1 23
C12 24 E 7 23 M 1 23
C14 A 24 F 4 24 O 2 23
C15 B 24 I 1 23 O 3 23
D 1 23 I 3 23 P 1 23
D 2 23 I 4 23 P 8 25
D 4 24 I 5 23 T 2 23
E 1 23 I 6 23 V 4 23
E 4A 23 I 7 23 V 5 23
E 4B 23 I 8 23 V 6 23
E 5C 23 I10 24
E 5F 23 J 1 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
SERVICE HINTS
73
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1
IE230 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IH1 30 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II1
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)II4
32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEA 28 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 228 (5S FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E24
E 428 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E25 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIREE17 E26
28 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
E18 I10
E2028 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
I26 32 COWL WIREE21
28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIREI27
32 COWL WIRE
E22 B2234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E23 B2334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
74
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
75
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO VENT FUSE, GAUGE FUSE AND ECU–IG FUSE.
COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. IS HIGH, THE TEMP. IS DETECTED BY THE ENGINECOMPARTMENT TEMP. SENSOR, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO COOLING FAN ECU.
AS A RESULT, THE COOLING FAN RELAY IS TURNED OFF, AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM VENT FUSE TO COOLING FAN RELAY (POINTSIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE COOLING FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU → TO GROUND,CAUSING THE COOLING FAN MOTOR TO OPERATE.
IF THE COOLING FAN MOTOR IS BROKEN OR THE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE COOLING FAN ECU ACTIVATES THEWARNING CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM AM2 FUSE TO COOLING FAN RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 9 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU→ TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE COOLING FAN RELAY TO OPERATE AND THE POINT IN THE COOLING FAN RELAY ISTURNED OFF. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)4 OF THE COOLING FAN WARNINGLIGHT → TERMINAL (A)10 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU → TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND, CAUSING THE COOLING FANWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
76
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
5 2 1 2
2 2
2 2
3A
EB17
IE112EB16
M
1
2
E11
EA
2 1
B4
A10
AM2
ST2
10 9
I15
IE44
EB1
3
7. 5AAM2
20AVENT
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
IGNITION SW
COOLINGFAN RELAY(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
TOFAN MAIN RELAY
TOGENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
COOLING FAN ECU(FOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
ENGINE COMPARTMENTTEMP. SENSOR
COOLINGFAN MOTOR(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
COOLING FANWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
6 5 1
9 7 2 3
B–O
B–Y
B–R
B–R
R–L
B–Y
R–L
B–Y
B–O
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–R
L–W
L–W
B–Y
L–Y
L–B
G–W
B–R
LL–
W
L–O
L–O
LL
W–B
2 3
1 4
2 2 1 2
3 1 2 3
C 3
E 3
C13 , C1 4
I10
A B
IG2
9
C 2
3D9
A
A
R–L
J 1R–L
( EX
CE
PT
*1) ( *
1)( *
1)
J/BNO. 3
*1 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
3C
2
EA15
EA13 EA14
II313
77
COOLING FAN RELAY(2) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION(2) 3– (2) 4 : OPEN WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. BELOW 55°C (131°F)
C2 COOLING FAN ECU1–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS3–1 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–1 : 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C
(158°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 2 22 C14 B 24 J 1 24
C 3 22 E 3 22
C13 A 24 I10 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EB1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 26 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E11 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I15 32 COWL WIRE
1 2
5
3
6 7 9
21
1 2
X X 9 10A
A
B BLUEC14C 2 GRAY C 3 GRAY
E 3 BLACK I10 BLACK J 1
X 10
A BROWNC13
4X
X
X
A A
AA
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
78
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
1 3
2
2 3
1 5
1
2
1 2
3A9
1
5 5
1 5
51
5
5 5
1 1 5 5
55
II315
II32 II23 II310II314
II312II39
II222
1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
7. 5AGAUGE
15ATAIL
15AFR FOG
FR
OM
HE
AD
LIG
HT
S
TAILLIGHTRELAY
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
120A
ALT
50A
AM
1
CONTROLCIRCUIT
DOORCOURTESYSW LH
FOG LIGHTSW
FOG LIGHTRELAY
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
IC BF
W
WW R–B
R–Y
R–L
LG
G
W–R
W
R
G–Y
R–L LG
R–L
R
LG–R
R–W R–Y
W–B
R–B
R–B
G–Y
LG–R
R
R
R–W
W
W
W–B
10
11
1 1 2
23
2 13
4 2 1
15
28
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J/BNO. 3
LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
LIGHT RETAINERRELAY[RETRACT CONTROLRELAY]
C18
D11
J 3
R22
F 3
3C
11
3D
5
B11
BE
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
(* 1)
(*2)
R–Y
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
J/BNO. 3
24 10
17 13 14 15 18
3C3C
87 (M/T)
(A/T)
1
W
3D
6
(*2)
A
J/B NO. 3
*1 : A/T, M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER*2 : EXCEPT A/T, M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
79
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY THROUGH GAUGEFUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL,AND TO TERMINAL 10 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 13 OF THE RETRACT CONTROLRELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 → TOGROUND AND THE TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES THE TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS 13 AND 14 OF THE RETRACTCONTROL RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 → TOGROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES THE TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THETAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS THE SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY), WHEN THEDOOR ON THE DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THECURRENT WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 18 IN THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL 10TO TERMINAL 18 IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
R22 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY] 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS15–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN18–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS13–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION14–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION,
THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND THE FOG LIGHT SW ON
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
80
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C18 24 F 3 24 R22 25
D11 25 J 3 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B11 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
81
HEADLIGHT
HEADLIGHT RELAY(5) 2– (5) 3: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 B 24 H 3 25 R23 25
C15 A 24 H 4 25 R24 25
C17 B 24 J 3 25
C18 A 24 R22 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 B 3
I 5 B 434 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I12 32 COWL WIRE B1134 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I16 B14
I26
SERVICE HINTS
82
HEADLIGHT*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER*2 : EXCEPT *1
5
3D6
5
3D4
5 5
3D
5
2 1
3
2 1
3
II26
B 3
B14
I12 II2
3
A
10
B1
II2
13
3C
10
3C11
ICIB
II25
15AHEAD (LH)
15AHEAD (RH)
HIGH BEAMINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
BATTERY
10
1 3
8
2 2
J/BNO. 3
A9 A11 B20
A
12 A13 A14 A3
HOLD
TAIL
HEAD
FLASH
LOW
HIGH
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
WD
IMM
ER
SW
R–G
R–BWW
R–Y
R–L
R–L
R–Y
R–Y R R
R R
W
R–L
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
RR
W–B
R–L
R
R
R
R–Y
R–L
W
W
(*1)
( *2) ( *
2)
( *1)
(* 1)
(*2)
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH
COMBINATION SW
FL MAIN2. 0L
C17 , C18
A
B
C14 , C 15
A
B
W–B
H 3 H 4
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
A A
J/B
NO
.3
OFF
I 4 : M/TI26 : A/T
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
83
5
55 5
B 4
B 4M
UP
DOWNM
DOWN
UP
BF BE
30ARTR
5 5
33 1
3
1
2 424
22
1
3
HEADLIGHTRELAY
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
RETRACT MOTORLH
RETRACT MOTORRH
R
R–G
L R G
W–RYL
W–BR
RL
L
Y
W–B
W–B
R–W
W–R
W
W W
R
Y
L
Y
L
R22
R23 R24
5
5
3 18 9 1 6 5 7 16
14
10 8
B11
W–B
W–B
W–B
84
FOG LIGHT*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS POWER WINDOW ORWOOFER SPEAKER
5 5 5
55
5 5
II26II23
II315
3C11
3D6
II314
B 3
B 6
I12
B 8
2
1
2
1
2 1
3
2 1
3
3D
4
3D
5
1 3 1
2 3
11
12 14 13
14
1 5
222
17
IB IC BF BE
9
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
15AFR FOG
15AHEAD (RH)
15AHEAD (LH)
LIGHT CONTROLSW ” HEAD”
DIMMER SW” HIGH”
J/BNO. 3
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH FOG LIGHT
RELAY
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
COMBINATION SW
FO
GLI
GH
TLH F
OG
LIG
HT
RH
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
R–B
G–Y R
G–Y
R–B
R–B
R RW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
R
R
RRR–Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y R
–L
R–Y
R–L
R–B
R–G
R R
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
R
R–W
W–B
(*1)
C18
R22
H 3 H 4
F6
F7
F3
(EXCEPT *1)
(EXCEPT *1)
( *1)
( *1)
AA
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
R–Y
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
B11
B14
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J/BNO. 3
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
W–B
2
1
B 5
II44
A5
B1
3C
10
RR
W–B
R–Y
FO
GLI
GH
TIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]AC
14,C
15B
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
85
C18 COMBINATION SW9–12: CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
FOG LIGHT RELAY(5) 5– (5) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND THE FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 B 24 F 6 25 J 3 24
C15 A 24 F 7 25 R22 25
C18 24 H 3 25
F 3 24 H 4 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
( )
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 B 6
I12 32 COWL WIRE B 834 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I16
32 COWL WIRE
B1134 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 334 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B14
B 534 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1 5X X
X 9 11 12 13 14
1 2 X
1 2 1 2
1
2 3
1
2 3
A
A XX 14 17
C18 BLACK
F 3 F 6 BLACK F 7 BLACK H 3 BLACK H 4 BLACK
J 3 R22
B BLUEC14 A GRAYC15
A A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
86
TAILLIGHT
5
5
II32
II222
B 2
B12
B12
B 3
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
BF BE
3C11
PA
RK
ING
LIG
HT
FR
ON
TS
IDE
MA
RK
ER
LIG
HT
FL
MA
IN2.
0L12
0AA
LT
50A
AM
1
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
RH RHLHLH
J/BNO. 3
11
2
2
10
BATTERY
G
G
G
W–B
W–B
W
LG–R
GG
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G G G
W–B
W
F16 F12F15 F11
B 5G
IC
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3A
R22
W
LG
G
LG
LG–R
W
13
2
II3
9
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W[C
OM
B.
SW
]
C18
87
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
B28
B28
2
1
5
1
B26
B25
BG BI
LICENCEPLATELIGHT
TAIL ANDREAR SIDEMARKER LIGHT[REAR COMB.LIGHT]
RHLH
L 1R 6 R 7
W–B
W–B
GG
W–
B
W–
B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
5
1
3C1
II217
IE110
I 7
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
AA
A
G
G
G
G G
G G
J 2
(EXCEPT *1)
(*1)
( EX
CE
PT
* 1)
( *1)
( *1)
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
G
1 1 1
324
511
W
15ATAIL
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
1
LG
G
G
G
G
G
GT
OD
IOD
E( F
OR
ELE
CT
RIC
AL
IDLE
–UP
)
W
B30G
G
1
2
G
1
W
2
88
TAILLIGHT
TAILLIGHT RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C18 24 F16 25 R 6 25
F11 25 J 2 24 R 7 25
F12 25 J 3 24 R22 25
F15 25 L 1 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 7 32 COWL WIRE B25
B 2 B2634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 334 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B2834 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 534 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B30
B12
SERVICE HINTS
89
90
ILLUMINATION
1 1 1 1 1
5
5
II32
II222 II39
2
13
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
FL
MA
IN2.
0L12
0AA
LT
50A
AM
1
RETRACTCONTROLRELAY
11
324
2
511
2
10
BATTERY
W
WW
LGLG
–RLG
LG–R
W–
B
W
15ATAIL TAILLIGHT
RELAY
R22
JUNCTION CONNECTORG A
J 2
(*1)
I26 I 5
4
2
2
1
5
4
A18 A1
B8 A4
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
A5
,A
7
B
B
G G G G G G
G
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–R
G
G–O
G–O
G
G
G
G G
G–O
G–O
G
A A A A
(*3)
( *1)
TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
( *3)
( *1)
( *3)
( *1)
( *3)
( *3)G
(* 2)
(* 3)
G ( *1)
A/T
IND
ICA
TO
RIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N[O
/DM
AIN
SW
]
AS
HT
RA
YIL
LMIN
AT
ION
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
O4
A1
6
F3
(* 3)
(* 3)
G
(A/T)
(A/T)
G–R
I16
G
G
(A/T)
W–B
G–OG–O
I22
G ( *1)
I22
G–O
G–O
I 5 : M/TI 3 : A/T
I18 : M/TI17 : A/T
I22
:M
/TI1
0:
A/T
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W[C
OM
B.
SW
]
C18
1
W
(*1)
91
*2 : M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKWR
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
*3 : EXCEPT * 1
I11
I12
1
2B10
C
2
A9C5
9
8
3C5
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
A
B 2
3 1
B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CIG
AR
ETT
ELI
GH
TER
ILLU
MIN
ATI
ON
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ETE
R
J/B NO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR RHEOSTAT
G
G–O
W–G
G–O
G–O
G G
GG
G
G–O
G
G–R
W–BW–B
R 4
J 2
C10
R1
,R
2,
R3
C14
J 1
A
AB
( *1)
( *1)
( *3)
3D
10
W–B
IC
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3A
J/BNO. 3
3
2
3A1
3B6
3B5
I 7 I 7
I 3
I 3
G–O
G
G
G GG
G
GGG
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G–O
A A AG
GG
G
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
(*1)TO CLOCK( *
1)
( *1)
( *3)
TOA
/CC
ON
TRO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
( *3)
( *1) ( *
3)
( *3)
( *3)
G
(*3)
HAZARD SWH 2
J BNO. 3
( *1)
(* 1) (*1)
3D11
W–B
(*3)
G–R
W–B3C
11
B3
A6
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(A/T)
TO
A/T
IND
ICA
TOR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
S 9 ,S 1 0A B
G ( *3)
G–O
W–B
G–R
TOC
LOC
K
I 8 : M/TI17 : A/T
I 8 : M/TI 7 : A/T
I 7G
I10
G
I10 : M/TI11 : A/T
(*2)
(*3)
(*3)
(*3)
92
ILLUMINATION
TAILLIGHT RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 5 B 24 H 2 24 R 3 C 24
A 7 A 24 J 1 24 R 4 24
A16 24 J 2 24 R22 25
C10 24 J 3 24 S9 A 25
C14 24 O 4 24 S10 B 25
C18 24 R 1 A 24
F 3 24 R 2 B 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT LICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 3 I12
I 5 I16
I 732 COWL WIRE
I1732 COWL WIRE
I 832 COWL WIRE
I1832 COWL WIRE
I10 I22
I11 I26
SERVICE HINTS
93
94
INTERIOR LIGHT W/O DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHTW/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT*1 :
*2 :
5
3D1
2
1
4
5
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
IE111 BL12 IF13 IJ11
B16
3A
10
3D
7
2
1
BL11 IF214 IF12 IJ14
1 1212
I10
15ADOME
4
I10
2
1
IF213
IC
3D12
IF1
102
6
4
1
RR
R
R
R R R G–O
R–W
R
R–L
G–O
R–W
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R
R
RR R
R
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W G
–O
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–B
R
R
R
R
R
R
G–O G–O G–O
R–W R–W R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B LG–R
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY(W/O DOOR KEYCYLINDER LIGHT)
J/BNO. 3
R
R
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T
OP
EN
DO
OR
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T( *
1)
DO
OR
KE
YC
YLI
ND
ER
LIG
HT
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T( *
2)
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TLH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YLI
GH
TR
HR–W
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RC
OU
RT
ES
YS
W
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
OUTSIDEHANDLE SW
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY(W/ DOOR KEYCYLINDER LIGHT)
J/BNO. 3
D13
I11
I11
D10
D9
I9
D13
I9
C13
R10
R8 D
11
D12
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1 A
3 A 2 A
A
1 B 2 B
3 B
B
B
B
R R
2
II3
3
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IB
(*2)
(*1)
( *1)
(* 1)
( *2)
(* 1)
( *2)
( *1)
(* 1)
( *2)
(* 1)
(*1)
3D2
W–B
W–B
LEFT RIGHT
LEF
T
DO
OR
RIG
HT
PERSONALLIGHT
P 4
A
I 6 : M/TI27 : A/T
RI31 : M/TI27 : A/T
I10 : M/TI23 : A/T
I16 : M/TI25 : A/T
I10
:M
/TI2
3:
A/T
I16
:M
/TI1
0:
A/T
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
I26 : M/TI27 : A/T
I27
W–B
( *1)
( *2)
( *2)
( *1)
( *1)
(* 1)
(*1) (*1) (*1)
( *1)
95
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW RH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C13 24 D13 25 P 4 25
D 9 25 I 9 24 R 8 25
D10 25I11
A 24 R10 25
D11 25I11
B 24
D12 25 J 3 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF130 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF230 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1 34 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 I25
I 6 I2632 COWL WIRE
I10 32 COWL WIRE I2732 COWL WIRE
I16 I31
I23 B16 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
54X12 12
12
1 2
1 2
1 2
3 X
1 2
3 4 X 6A
A12
1 1 2
C13 BROWN D 9, D10 D11, D12 D13 I 9
J 3 P 4 R 8 R10A GREENI11 BI11 GRAY
X
A A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
96
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
1
3
5
1
3A8
3C9
3A7
3C10
II35 IE13 IE12
II36
II311
2
3
2
3
5
6
5
6
3A5
I27
B13
IC BE BG
3
7 9 5 6 5 1 8
1
13 12
810
12
W–B
W–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–RG–R
G–OG–O
R–Y
G–W
G–O
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–O
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–B
W–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y G
–B
G–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–W
15AHAZ–HORN
7. 5ATURN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
G–Y
FROMRETRACT MOTOR LH
LH RH
TURN SIGNALINDICATOR LIGHTS[COMB. METER]
FRONT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT LH
FRONT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT RH
C14
F16
J 3
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]HAZARD SWC18H 2
T 4
HAZARDOFF
ON
RH
LHTURN
1 2
BI
B26W–B
W–B
BF
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
A
W–B
F15
RE
AR
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
LH[R
EA
RC
OM
B.
LIG
HT
LH]
RE
AR
TUR
NS
IGN
AL
LIG
HT
RH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TR
H]
R6
R7
I27
:M/T
I28
:A/T
97
T 4 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH THE HAZARD SW ON3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 24 F16 25 R 6 25
C18 24 H 2 24 R 7 25
F15 25 J 3 24 T 4 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2732 COWL WIRE
B13 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I2832 COWL WIRE
B26 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
1311 X 5 X
X 8
2 3 2 3
X
5
X
6 7 8 9 10A
XX 5 6 X 5 6
C14 BLUE C18 BLACK F15 F16
H 2 J 3 R 6 R 7
12
2
1
3
T 4
A
A A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BLACK
SERVICE HINTS
98
BACK–UP LIGHT
2
E 4
BI
2
1
EB17
A5
B1
B2
A6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
7. 5AECU–IG
BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
BACK–UP LIGHT
(M/T)(A/T)
B–Y R–B R–B R–B
B–Y
R–B
W–B
3
2
B 1
B 5
TO A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER](A/T)
B
R–B
( A/T
)
EA3
13
P 1 A
BACK–UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITIONSW (NEUTRAL START SW)](A/T)
1 22 1
5 6
A GRAYP 1B 5B GRAYB 1(M/T) (A/T)
B 1(B), P 1(A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW(A) 6–5 (B) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 1 B 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) B 5 25 P 1 A 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 4 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
99
STOP LIGHT
1
B21
B25
B26 B22
5
3
5
3
2
1
IE1
4
A1
B1
B2
A2
BI BG
2
1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)R
–W
G–W G–W
G–W
W–B W–B
G–
WG
–W
W–B
W–B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB.LIGHT RH]
STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB.LIGHT LH]
HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT
W–B
S 7
R 7 R 6 H 5
15ASTOP
STOP LIGHTSW
A B
W–B
G–W
W–B
G–W G–W
J/BNO. 3
2 13 X 5 3 X 5
1 2 1
X
2
X
A BLUES 7 BS 7H 5 R 6 R 7 (W/ CRUISE CONTROL) (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
S 7 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
H 5 25 R 7 25 S 7 B 24
R 6 25 S 7 A 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B2134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2534 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
100
POWER WINDOW
2 16
6 4 3 7 10
1 15
9
8
2
2 3
1
1 5
11
I26
I30
3B4
IF24
IJ22 IJ21 IJ212
IF23IF22
A A
32
1
3B6
2
IF110
M1 2
M1 2
4 1
3 25
IB
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
7. 5AGAUGE
20ADOOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DIODE(FOR POWER WINDOW)
R–B
W–L
W–B
R–BR–BR–LR–L
R–L
L
R
W–B
L–W
L
W–B
W–B
W–BR–W
R G
G R–L
R–LG
G R–L
LL–
W
G R
DO
WN
UP
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
DOOR LOCK ECU
DOORCOURTESYSW LH
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
RH
LOCK
NORMAL
D11
P 3
P15
P16
P13
D 5
J 1
POWER MAINRELAY
1
2
1
30APOWER
3C 3C
8 7
3D
9
3A9
3D10
IC
B BB
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J/BNO. 3
(M/T)(A/T)
1
RR
W–B
L–W
W–B
R–L
W–B
D 7
P14
J 1
+–
+–
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
1
FRO
MT
HE
FT
DE
TE
RR
EN
TE
CU
W–B W–B
A
J/BNO. 3
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
101
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SWTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 →GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 9OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S).
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR LH (DRIVER’S) → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, ANDCAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UPWARD DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW ISBEING PULLED. FOR DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TOTERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2→ TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UPOPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE DRIVER’S SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTORTO ROTATE IN THE DOWNWARD DIRECTION. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE DRIVER’SSW AT THE DOWN POSITION, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW ANDTERMINAL 6 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE DRIVER’S SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROMTERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 4 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED TO THE UP POSITION DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THEMASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6, SO THE MOTOR STOPS,CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THEUPWARD DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 →GROUND, AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UPWARD DIRECTION. UP OPERATIONCONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP POSITION. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THECURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTORROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK POSITION, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THEPASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF UP/DOWN OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THEPOWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOTBE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DOORFUSE → TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TOGROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE POWER FUSE →TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5OF POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S). AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFFTHE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOWS. ALSO, BY OPENING THEDOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF, AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOWSSTOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
102
POWER WINDOW
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH2–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
P16 POWER WINDOW SW RH5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
P13 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH6–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DRIVER’S SW AT UP POSITION4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DRIVER’S SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 5 24 J 3 24 P15 25
D 7 24 P 3 24 P16 25
D11 25 P13 25
J 1 24 P14 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF130 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF230 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ2 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 532 COWL WIRE
I2632 COWL WIRE
I1632 COWL WIRE
I3032 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
103
104
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
1 1
8 1 15
R–L R–L
W–L
R–B
3
20ADOOR
7. 5AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
DOOR LOCK ECUJ/B NO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TOPOWER MAINRELAY
D 7
5
1
IF27 IF28 IF26 IF25IF211IF210IF29
B
7 4 3 6
B
L
W–B
L–B
L–W
L–R
W–B
L–B L–
W
B–Y B
L–B
L–W
B
R–B
G–B
L–W
L–B
B–YL–
B
L–W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
I10
J 1
M
1
3D
9
3C 3C
87
I26A 1A 2R–L R–BR–L
G–BL–
Y
IC
3B7
3D
10
B4 B2 B1
A1A2A5 A3
A4
B3
A6
W–R
6
1 2
3
1 2
B16 B17
W–B
L–R
G–B
R–B
R–B B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
LH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
MA
ST
ER
SW
AN
DD
OO
RLO
CK
CO
NTR
OL
SW
LH
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WLH
( *2)
J/BNO. 3
(M/T)(A/T)
DIODE(FOR POWERWINDOW)
R–B
W–B
D 5J 1
D14
P13
3A
9
2
1
UN
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
LOC
K
IF1
10
W–B
AA
A
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IF2 12
FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU
L–R
W–R
W–B
L
B–Y FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU
IB ID
W–B
W–B
W–BW
–B
FR
OM
SE
AT
BE
LTW
AR
NIN
GR
ELA
Y
L
LOCKTIMER
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
UNLOCKTIMER
9
B–Y
16
D17
B
I17 : M/TI 9 : A/T
I29 : M/TI27 : A/T
I28
:M/T
I26
:A/T
I16 : M/TI 9 : A/T
I26 : M/TI30 : A/T
I27 : M/TI26 : A/T
( *1)
( *1)
(* 1)
(*2)
(*1)
(*2)
(*1)
(*1)
DO
OR
LOC
KM
OT
OR
,D
OO
RU
NLO
CK
DE
TE
CT
ION
SW
AN
DD
OO
RO
PE
ND
ET
EC
TIO
NS
WLH
( *1)
D19
A
105
*2 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT*1 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
M
IJ210 IJ28 IJ25IJ24IJ23
2 2
3B6
3B4
5 10 12 2 14
R–
B
L–O B R R
B
R–B
L–B
L–W
L–O
R–
B
G–B
R–B
B
L–W
L–B
R–B
B
G–B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
D11
D12
DOOR LOCK ECUD 7
A5 A4
B3
B4 B2 B1
A2A3A6 A1
4
2 3
3
1 2
IJ26IJ29
1 1
11 13
G–B
B–Y
R
W–R
G–B
B–Y B
R
G–B
B–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
OK
SW
RH
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TRO
LS
WR
H
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR OPENDETECTION SW RH (*2)
D15
D16
IJ1
10W–B
UN
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
LOC
K
IJ2 13
FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU
W–R
B15
W–B
FR
OM
THE
FTD
ET
ER
RE
NT
EC
U
FR
OM
THE
FTD
ET
ER
RE
NT
EC
U
R–W
R–W
J/BNO. 3
DOUBLEOPERATIONCIRCUIT SECURITY
I23 : M/TI26 : A/T
I3
:M
/TI3
0:
A/T
D18 B
I29
:M
/TI2
8:
A/T
( *1)
( *1)
(* 1)
(*2)
(*1)
(*2)
( *1)
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SW AND DOOR OPENDETECTION SW RH (*1)
D20 A
106
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECUAND TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIODE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 15 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, WHICH CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THEDOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 3OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSE THE DOORS TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL ISINPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OR 13 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, WHICH CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFTDETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFTDETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH IS TURNED TO UNLOCK POSITION, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR ISMECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BEINPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE ECU, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS (BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THEUNLOCK SIDE AGAIN) CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOORLOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE PASSENGER’S DOOR.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPERATION)
WITH THE IGNITION KEY STILL IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING THEDOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED AT ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THEFUNCTION OF THE ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2(LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH),(A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ANDCAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
WITH THE IGNITION KEY STILL IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USINGDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED AT ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKSOON BY THE FUNCTION OF THE SW IN THE MOTORS, RESULTING FROM SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5(PASSENGER’S) OF THE ECU. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN THE ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THEECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOORLOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OFTHE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED FOR MORETHAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE BY PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. IF THEDOOR IS THEN CLOSED, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE ECU. BY THIS INPUTSIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3(RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH)(W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND CAUSESALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
107
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
2–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:
* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS UNLOCKED* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* THE DOOR LOCK KNOB IS LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S OR PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S OR PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
10–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED14–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED13–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY
7–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE KEY CYLINDER1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITIONSW IS TURNED OFF, HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
12–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S, OR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH A KEY
I10 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D14, D15 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW1–3: CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY2–3: CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH A KEY
D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH2–GROUND: CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 5 24 D15 25 D20 A 25
D 7 24 D16 25 I10 24
D11 25 D17 B 25 J 1 24
D12 25 D18 B 25 J 3 24
D14 25 D19 A 25 P13 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF130 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF230 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ132 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ232 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
SERVICE HINTS
108
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 3 I28
I 9 I29 32 COWL WIRE
I16 I30
COWL WIRE
I17 32 COWL WIRE B15 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I23 B1634 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I26 B1734 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I27
109
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
110
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
5
4
TIMER
BUZZER
5
1 2
2
1
15ADOME
7. 5AGAUGE
R
1 2 10
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
6 7 3 4
LW
–B
W–B
RW
–B
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
DOOR COURTESYSW LH BUCKLE SW
I10
3B5
3B6
1
R
R
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
3B83B73B9
J/B NO. 3
1
2
3B10
3A9
3D1
3B12
II33
RR
R–L
BR
–R
R–L
J/BNO. 3
12
D11 B 4
R
S 5
IC
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
R–W
J/BNO. 3
3C2
3D9
A4
B7
R–L
R–L
R–L
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
C13 , C14B A
( EX
CE
PT
* 1)
( *1)
(* 1)
A AJUNCTION CONNECTORJ 1
( *1)
( *1)
W–B A
J/BNO. 3
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
111
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, ANDTHE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SWON) DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), THE SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THECURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON). THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND THE DOOR OPEN(DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY, THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
I10 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER
S 5 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN7–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER4–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
10–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTERTHE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
B 4 BUCKLE SW1–2: CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 4 24 D11 25 J 3 24
C13 B 24 I10 24 S 5 24
C14 A 24 J 1 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
112
WIPER AND WASHER
M
2 4 3
II211 II210 II29
OFF
MIS
T
INT
LOW
HIG
H
WA
SH
ER
20AWIPER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
8
4
16
13
7
18
L–B
L–R L
L–W
W–B
L–B
L–R
L–W
WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)[COMB. SW]
WIPER MOTOR
C17
1
1
4
II28
I34
M
1
2
IB
W–B
W 4
LL
LL
W–L
W–L
L
L
L
WASHERMOTOR
W 2
W–B
1
II212
IC
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
WIPER RELAY
A
I13 : M/TI12 : A/T
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
113
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR.
1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN ATLOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED OPERATIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT, WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION, FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENTOPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND AND WIPER FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER, INSTALLED IN THE RELAY, WHICH ALTERNATELY CHARGESAND DISCHARGES. TIMING IS CONTROLLED BY AN INTERMITTENT TIME CONTROL SW, WHICH REGULATES THE CHARGING TIMEOF THE CONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN ATLOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO SPRAYWASHER FLUID ON THE WINDSHIELD. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO THE WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUITIN TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR →GROUND AND THE WASHER FUNCTIONS.
C17 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY) [COMB. SW]16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY, WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 4 WIPER MOTOR3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
114
WIPER AND WASHER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C17 24 W 2 24
J 3 24 W 4 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 I16 32 COWL WIRE
I12 32 COWL WIRE I34 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I13
115
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation inaccordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the RepairManual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.This vehicle has tilt and telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder beltanchorage, which are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memorycontents. So when the work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, andask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire and luggage room wire
harness assembly. The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished bycorrugated yellow tubing, as are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.
116
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.
117
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.
118
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
5
3
1
2
5
1
26
EA312 EA31
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
12 15
IG2 ACC LA TC
AB TC
7. 5AAM2
15ARAD& CIG
7. 5AECU–B
W–R
GR
B–R
W–R
R–Y
P–B
R–Y W
2 1
WBWBW B
W–B
W–B
–SL +SL –SR +SR D– D+ E2 E1
IB ID
SRS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH
AIRBAG SQUIB(PASSENGER AIRBAGASSEMBLY)
C13
CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY
SPIRALCABLE
2 21
IG2
ST2
AM
2
9
10
ID12ID11
A13 A14 A12 A7
B1 B2 C2 C1 A4 A3 A6 A5
IE311
ID22ID21
II218
W
GR
B–O
B–O P–L
B–Y
R–Y W
W–R R–Y
BR
IGN
ITIO
NS
WI1
0
F 8 F 9 A15
C 6 , C 7 , C 8A B C
W–B BR
R–Y
W–B
3
E1
IE43
II313
B–R
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)
D 1
I 2 : M/TI10 : A/T
2 1
A B
CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN
2 1
A B
CONNECTIONDETECTIONPIN
2 1
W B
P– P+
AIRBAG SQUIB(STEERINGWHEEL PAD)
A1 A2
A14
EA
119
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTALROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 14 OF THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES CURRENT FROM THE AM2 FUSE FLOW TOTERMINAL (A) 13 .IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR, ANDWHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG,OR AM2 FUSE FLOW TO TERMINALS (A)2 AND (A)3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAGSQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A)1 AND (A)4 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5,TERMINAL (A) 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG, OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A) 2 AND(A) 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS(A) 1 AND (A) 4 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OR (B) 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (C) 2 OR (B) 1 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5 , TERMINAL (A) 6OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENTFLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCKTO THE PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A14 24 C 8 C 24 F 9 25
A15 24 C13 24 I10 24
C 6 A 24 D 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C 7 B 24 F 8 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
ID1 30 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2 30 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 32 COWL WIRE I10 32 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
120
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
1 21 2 A B 3 4
5 6 7 X X X X 12 13 1421
BA
1 2
A B
62X
1 2 X X 9 10
A YELLOWC 6 B YELLOWC 7 C YELLOWC 8
C13 BROWN D 1 DARK GRAY F 8, F 9 YELLOW I10 BLACK
A14, A15 YELLOW
3 12 X
X
X
X 15
121
HORN
5
5 5
5
10
B 1G–W G–W
G–R
G–
B
G–W
G–B
G–
W
G–
W
1
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
15AHAZ–HORN
HORN SW[COMB. SW]
HORN HORN
HORNRELAY
H 6 H 7C18
1 3
1 1
2
II27
HORN RELAY(5) 2– (5)3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C18 24 H 6 25 H 7 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1
C18 H 6, H 7BLACK BLACK
X X
X 10
SERVICE HINTS
122
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
1
3D12
3A
9
3D
9
II4
7
II4
6II48
II312
I 1
B 6
2 B
2 A 3 A 5 A 6 A
A
1C2C
4
B
4 B
BE
6 17 18 19 20
12
2
1
14
4 15 1 23
1
2
7. 5AGAUGE
POWER STEERINGECU
POWER STEERINGDRIVER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
STEERINGPOSITIONSENSOR[COMB. SW]
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
POWER STEERINGWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
A
A
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
R–L
R–LR–L
Y–R
Y
Y–R
Y
B
B–Y
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
LG
Y
Y–R
R–L LG
LG–B
LG–R R W LG
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
IFB IOVR ICTR ISTP SGND
E
SS1 SS2 IGB
VS
SS2
SS1
(*1)
( *1)
J 1
C17
C14 , C 15
P 8
P 5 , P 6 , P 7
A
A
C B
1 A4 A
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
IC
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IGB IFB IOVR ICTR ISTP SGNDM+
M–
II410
IE311
EA31
WW
WW
BR
3
16
15
CHK
TC
E1
DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)
D 1
EA
3C 3C
87
A R–L R–L
(*1) (*1)
(EXCEPT *1)
R–L
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
WL
3C
2
R–LTO HEATERRELAY
W–B
123
* 1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER *2 : 5S–FE M/T
B10
5
A2 B2
A
1 B1
A2 A1 B1 B3
BF ID
B14B11
M
80AABS
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
POWERSTEERING RELAY
POWER STEERINGECU
POWER STEERING PUMP WITH MOTOR
7 25 12
9 14 5 11
6
5
LG LG B–W
B–W
V–W
B
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
B–Y
W–L
B
W–B
B–Y
B
W–B
W–B
B
V–W
W–B
MTH MTL GND
IDUP EFI SPD MRLY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
P 8
P11 , P1 2 C14
P 9 , P 10
A
B A A
B
II413II42II41
I10
IE114IE35IE34
EA13 EA12
A8
B16
D7
A7
B15
D21
A9
B9
C11B L–
Y
V–W
V–W
L–YB
L–YB
B L–Y
V–W
(3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
( *2)
( *2)
( *2)
( *2)( E
XC
EP
T*2
)
( EX
CE
PT
* 2)
B L–Y
V–W
PS
PS
CT
SP
D
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
BE 4 , E 4A D, E 4 , E 6C
A6
A10
W–B
124
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
THE EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING) SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TO CHANGE THE FORCES REQUIRED FOR STEERINGMANEUVERS, AND THEREBY PROVIDE THE IDEAL STEERING FEELING FOR ALL THE VEHICLE SPEEDS AND STEERINGCONDITIONS. THIS IS DONE BY THE POWER STEERING ECU, WHICH CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING UPON THEHYDRAULIC REACTION CHAMBER (LOCATED IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT) BY REGULATING THE POWER STEERING MOTOR’SSPEED (AND HENCE THE AMOUNT OF FLUID FLOW).
EHPS OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION IS SWITCHED ON, STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWERSTEERING ECU, TERMINAL VS OF THE STEERING POSITION SENSOR, AND TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER.
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY THE SPEED SENSOR, AND SIGNALS ARE INPUT AS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SPDOF THE POWER STEERING ECU AND TO TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE POWER STEERING ECU.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL EFI OF THE POWER STEERING ECU FROM TERMINAL PSCT OFTHE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWER STEERING ECUFROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL MRLY OF THE POWER STEERING ECU → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWERSTEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (A) 2 → GROUND, AND THE POWER STEERING RELAY IS SWITCHED ON. AS A RESULT, THECURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY FROM THE ABS FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 2 OFTHE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER AND TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWERSTEERING MOTOR.
IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR IS INCREASED BY INCREASING THE VOLTAGE OFTHE CURRENT THAT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWERSTEERING MOTOR → TERMINAL (C) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER → TERMINAL (B) 2 → GROUND, WITH THE RESULT THATTHE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID BECOMES GREATER, THUS PROVIDING A LIGHT STEERING FEELING.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR DECREASES AS A RESULT OF THE REDUCEDVOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE POWER STEERING MOTOR, AND THUS THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID ISREDUCED, SO THE STEERING FEELING IS MORE RESISTANT.
P 8 POWER STEERING ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS5–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)
C17 STEERING POSITION SENSOR [COMB. SW]14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
P 6(B), P 7(A) POWER STEERING DRIVER(A)4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON(B)2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 A 24 E 4 C 23 P 7 A 25
C15 B 24 E 6 D 23 P 8 25
C17 24 J 1 24 P 9 A 25
D 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) J 3 24 P10 B 25
E 4A 22 P 5 C 25 P11 B 25
E 4B 23 P 6 B 25 P12 A 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
125
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II432 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 132 COWL WIRE
B10
I1032 COWL WIRE
B11 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 6 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B14
126
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
1
2
LEF
T
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LEF
T/U
P
RIG
HT
/D
OW
N
LH RH LH RH
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SE
LEC
TS
WO
PE
RA
TIO
NS
W
15ARAD & CIG
M M M M
785243
10
231231
GR GR
R
R–G
BR
–R
R
R–G
BR
–R
W–B
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
B16
R19 R20
W–B
R21
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
IB
3D
3
3A
3GRGR C C
1
B17
FROMPOWER WINDOWMAIN SW
R–GR
BR
–R
R–GLGRL
BR
–RB
R–R
R–GR
W–B
W–B
BR
–R
LGL
W–BBR–R
W–B
J 1
IF17 IF16 IF15 IF110
IJ17 IJ16 IJ15
IF1
8
IC
W–B
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I 1
GR
GR
(*1) (*1) (*1)
(EXCEPT *1)
LEF
T/R
IGH
T
UP
/DO
WN
LEF
T/R
IGH
T
UP
/DO
WN
J/B NO. 3
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
127
R21 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION8–7 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION10–8 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 24 R19 25 R21 25
J 3 24 R20 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 30 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 B1634 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 5 32 COWL WIRE B1734 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I16
C
C
123
X 2 3 4 5
X 7 8 X 10
J 1 R19, R20 R21
A X
J 3
CC
CC
AA
A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
128
THEFT DETERRENT
5
5
5 5
5
1 11 1
IK29 IK28 IK110 IK112 IK22
II39
IF28 IF27 IF29 IF212
IK212
II3
1
M
5
1
I 1
I30
B16
3 1
10
3 2 4
5371516
2 4 6
20
10
5 11
2
8
315
2
3B7 3D11
15ATAIL
FL MAIN2. 0L
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOORUNLOCK DETECTION SWAND DOOR OPEN DETECTIONSW LH
TODOOR LOCK ECU
TODOOR LOCK ECU
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
SECURITY INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]
HEADLIGHTRELAY
TAILLIGHTRELAY
FROM POWER WINDOWMASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
W–B
W–R
W
W
LGR–Y
R
R–Y
L–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
L–W
W
W
W–R
R–Y
G LG
W
Y L
W–B
L–Y
W–R
W–R
L–R
LY
W–B
W–B
BR
W–R
L–Y
L–B
L–W
L–W
L–B
L–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
J/BNO. 3
R22
T 5
D19
I10
C14
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
6
5
W–B
11
1
W
ICID
BATTERY
129
*1 : 3S–GTE*2 : 5S–FE M/T
5
5AM2
ST2
IG210
6IE4
9
EA3
8
P
N
2
3
BM1
4
IE3
2
IK1
14
II313
IJ24 IJ23 IJ210 IJ213IF26 IF25 IJ26 IJ25
IK211 IK25 IK15
I30
B15
3
1 2
3
1 2
M
TODOOR LOCK ECU
TODOOR LOCK ECU
STARTERRELAY
CLUTCHSTART SW
IGNITION SW
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION SWAND DOOR OPENDETECTION SW RH
DIODE(FOR THEFTDETERRENTSYSTEM)
TODOOR LOCK ECU
FROMDOOR LOCKCONTROL SWRH
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
LH
DO
OR
KE
YLO
CK
AN
DU
NLO
CK
SW
RH
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)
7. 5AAM2
12 10 11
4 3
3
453
6 2 1
1
18
2 1
1
2
2
2
W
B–R
R
R R
R
R
B
W–BR–BR–B
L–O
W–R
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–YB–Y
BB
B–Y
B–R
R–W
B–W
W
W–B
B–Y B
L–O
L–O
B–Y
B
B
B–Y
B–Y B
B
B–Y
B
B–Y
B–Y B
B–Y
L–O
W–R
L–O
L–B
L–W
L–B
L–O
W–R
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
D 6
S 4
C12
I10
D20
T 5
P1
D15
D14
(A/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)(M/T)
(A/T)
(M/T) (A/T)U
NLO
CK
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
B17 IF1
10W–B W–B
EA1
7
IJ1
10
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W
–B
AW–B
I26 : M/TI30 : A/T
I29 : M/TI27 : A/T
I28
:M
/TI2
9:
A/T
I31 : M/TI30 : A/T
I29 : M/TI28 : A/T
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
ID IB IC
R–W (A/T)
(M/T)
R( *
1)
( *2)
130
THEFT DETERRENT
5 5
5 5 1
5 3A3
3D
3
II33 II311
IK113 IK21 IK27
IK210
IK214
IK23
II316IE33
BM19
IE312BM110
I29
B27
1
3
3
1
3
1 1
1 2 1 2
14 1 13
3 1
2
4 1 2
1
698
1
17
2 2 1
2
2
BI BE EA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
15ADOME
15AHAZ–HORN
15ARAD & CIG
HORNRELAY
DIODE(FOR INTERIOR SYSTEM)
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(A/T)(M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
KE
YU
NLO
CK
SW
FR
ON
TLU
GG
AG
EC
OM
PA
RT
ME
NT
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
EN
GIN
EH
OO
DC
OU
RTE
SY
SW
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RC
OU
RTE
SY
SW
THE
FT
DE
TER
RE
NT
HO
RN
GRGR
G–R
G–B G–B G–B
GR
G–R
G–R
G–R
R–W
RR
R
G–W
GR
R–G
R–G
L–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
L–W
R–G
R–G
R–G
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–G
D 8
R8
E8F10
R9
D12
D11
T1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
T 5
R R
FR
OM
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
LIG
HT
IK2
4
II2
7
E 4
R–G
J/BNO. 3
EA18
B28
BG
W–B
W–B
C C
I30 : A/TI24 : M/T
131
T5 THEFT DETERRENT ECU13–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OR THE FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OR THE FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR CLOSED16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITHIN 30 SECONDS THE WITH SYSTEM ON10–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCK BY ANY METHOD EXCEPT WITH THE KEY6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFF7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS14–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR CLOSED5–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER UNLOCKED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER UNLOCKED1–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
12 VOLTS WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCK BY ANY METHOD EXCEPT WITH THE KEY18–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SYSTEM ON AND THE IGNITION SW ST POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH THE SYSTEM OPERATED17–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
D14, D15 DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE KEY CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY2–3 : CLOSED WITH THE KEY CYLINDER LOCKED WITH THE KEY
D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
2–5 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH3–6 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
E 8 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
R 9 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
SERVICE HINTS
132
THEFT DETERRENT
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C12 24 D19 25 R 8 25
C14 24 D20 25 R 9 25
D 6 24 E 8 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) R22 25
D 8 25 F10 25 S 4 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
D11 25 I10 24 T 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
D12 25 J 1 24 T 5 25
D14 25 J 3 24
D15 25 P 1 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF130 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF230 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II332 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ132 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ232 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK132 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK232 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 426 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI29
E 428 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI30 32 COWL WIRE
I 1 I31
32 COWL WIRE
I 5 B15 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I16 B1634 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I24 32 COWL WIRE B1734 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I26 B2734 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I27 B2834 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I28
133
134
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
1
3
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
5
1
1
3A9
3A6
1
2
IE19
B
1
B1
BH IC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
7. 5AGAUGE
20ADEFOG
DEFOGGERRELAY
J/BNO. 3
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
11 10
11
DEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]
DIODE(FOR ELECTRICALIDLE–UP SYSTEM)
R–L
L–R
W–BB
R–Y
R–Y
B
B
W–B
B
R–L
R–Y
R–Y
A 5
D 4
R13 , R14
A
A
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
A J 3
3A2
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
X X X
10 11 X X
1 21
A 5 D 4 R13 , R 14J 3 A BORANGE BLACK
A
X
AA
AA
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
135
DEFOGGER RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE DEFOGGER SW ON
A 5 DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION10–11 : CLOSED WITH THE DEFOGGER SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 5 24 J 3 24 R14 B 25
D 4 24 R13 A 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BH 34 UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
SERVICE HINTS
136
SHIFT LOCK
1
2
2
3
1
2
3D3
2 1
3 4 5
P1
P
P2
SL–
SL+
G–R
G
G–W
L
L–R
A
A
A
B
1
2
IC
15ARAD & CIG
7. 5AECU–IG
15ASTOP
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
GR
GR
B–Y
G–W
G–W
R–W
G–O
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
1
2
2
SHIFT LOCK ECU
B–Y
S 7
B
B
S 6
1 12
3D10
3D
12
W–B
B
B
3D5
3D6
3A
4G–W
3A3
C
C
IE313
J/BNO. 3
GR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
J 1
K 2
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3A
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
W–B
KLS+ E
ACC IG STP
137
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THESHIFT LOCK ECU. AT ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUOUS BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU.THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID →SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON(PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO A POSITION OTHER THAN “P” POSITION.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT INTO “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUOUSBETWEEN P2 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → THE KEYINTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGESFROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
S 6 SHIFT LOCK ECU3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 24 K 2 24S 7
A 24
J 3 24 S 6 24S 7
B 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
S 7 S 7A BBLUE(W/ CRUISE CONTROL) (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
C CB B CA
X 1 2
1 23 4 5
1 2 1
X
2
X
J 1 J 3 K 2 BLUE S 6
B B
BBBBBB C C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A
AA
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
138
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
II4
3
A
B B A
A A A C C C C C
A A A A A B A A
BF IC
B B B B A A A A
IE311
M
4
1
1 5 2 32456
11 4 5 12 6 1 8 9
2 13 6 17 10 3 7 1
2 6
BATTERY
FL MAIN 2. 0L
ABS ACTUATOR
R–B
W
B–W
B–W
G–R
L–Y
G–B
L–R
G–W
G–R
R–W
W–B
Y W
W–B
W–B
Y W
W–B
W–B
R G L P
16 15
TS TC
2 2 11
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT LH
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT RH
A22 A23
A10 , A 11B A ABS ECU
55
I29
B11
BM2(A/T)1IE3(M/T)2
EA32 EA31
I35
A2
W–
B
R–B
B–W
R–B
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
A19 , A20 , A21C A B
6 1080A ABS 120A ALT
Y W
EA
BR
3
E1
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R)
D1
BE
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
II49
L–W
L–W
GN
D
GN
D
R–
SR
R
SF
L
SF
R
AS
T
MT
MR
SR
TS
TC
FSS
FL–
FL+
FR–
FR+
A
B–W
B 6 : *1B11 : EXCEPT *1
139
*1 : W/ EHPS
1 1 22
ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR LH
ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR RH
A 2 A 3
1 2 1
B B B B
B B B B B
BA
AB
A
B
10 11 22 7
4
9
22
11
B–Y
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
G–W
G–W
R–W
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
15ASTOP
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
ABS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
STOP LIGHTSW
J/BNO. 3
1
3B1
3B3
R–B
R–B
3 14 20 19 16
PARKINGBRAKE SW
P 2
IG1 BAT
3A9
3A4
3D6
3D5
J/BNO. 3
G–W
G–W
(M/T)
(M/T)
( A/T
)
I32
I23
IE37 IK19IE39IE310 IK11 IK12R–B
B15
R–B
2 3 2
1 2 1
IE313
IE312
B–Y
B–Y
G–Y
G–Y
( 3S
–GTE
)
B8
FROM ENGINECONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)
PLGR
W–B
GR BW
(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)
S 7
C14 , C15A B
A B
R–B
5
W–R
7. 5AECU–B
1
2
II218
W–R
W–R
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
R–B
3D9
R–L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
II216
B14
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
2
1
R–B
W–B
BR
AK
EFL
UID
LEV
EL
SW
W
STP E
X
RS
S
PK
B
RL–
RL+
RR
–
RR
+
A
A
I31 : M/TI29 : A/T
B6
2
1
R–B
(3S–GTE)
( 3S
–GTE
)
R–B
( 5S
–FE
)
W–B
( 5S
–FE
)
BR
AK
EFL
UID
LEV
EL
SW
B6
ABS ECU
A10 , A11B A
BF BE
140
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS, WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP, SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPETO THE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIRTO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. THE LEVEL OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU IN THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. PRESSURE REDUCTIONS, HOLDING ANDINCREASES ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
A10(B), A11(A) ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B)17–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)TC–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B) 1–GROUND, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, AND THE ABS WARNINGLIGHT OFF
(A) 8–GROUND, (A)12–GROUND:APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, AND THE ABS WARNINGLIGHT OFF
(B) 2–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(B)13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS(B)11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(B)22–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(B)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 1 – (A) 8 : APPROX. 6 (A) 6 – (A) 8 : APPROX. 6 (A) 8 – (A)12: APPROX. 6 (A) 7 – (A) 1 : APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 (A) 3 – (A)10 : APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 (A) 4 – (A) 5 : APPROX. 60 – 100 (A) 4 – (A)11 : APPROX. 50 – 80 (B) 3 – (B)14 : APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 K(B)19 – (B)20 : APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 K
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
141
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 2 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) A21 B 25 D 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
A 3 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) A22 25 J 1 24
A10 B 24 A23 25 J 3 24
A11 A 24 B 6 25 P 2 24
A19 C 25 C14 A 24S7
A 24
A20 A 25 C15 B 24S7
B 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II232 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II432 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 32 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I23 I35 32
I2932 COWL WIRE
B 6LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I3132 COWL WIRE
B11 34LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I32 B14
142
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
144
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
2 2
1
2
E18
1
2
BM217
A
A
A B
A B B B C C C C
BG
15AEFI
15ASTOP
12 1 4 5
20 1 2 15 1 11 12 4
43
1 2
W–R
G–W
G–W
W–R W
W–B
B–Y
W–B
B–O
R–W
P–B
W–B
GR
–B
Y–R
BR
–W
P–B
R–L W P BR R
BR
2 3 1
4 3 2 1
BRPWR–L
BR
–W
GR
–B
BR–W
STOP LIGHTSW
EFI MAINRELAY
S 7
CRUISE CONTROLECU
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
EN
GIN
EC
OO
LAN
TT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( EFI
WA
TER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
C20
E 2 T 2
E7
VC
VT
A
IDL
E2
NO
.3
( LO
CK
–UP
)
NO
.1
NO
.2
C9
E22
A
2
2
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
IG2”
BI
W–B
B23
9 22
IE14
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)2 B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)2 A
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)1 A(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)1 B
BA
1 2
2 1
W–R
Y–R
1 1 1
Y W B
BM27
BR
–YB
R–W
B18B4
G R
FROMDISTRIBUTOR
B
B17A22
TO PARK NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRALSTART SW)
R–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
EA14
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
E 4 , E 5 , E 6C B
+B
BA
TT
NS
W G–
NE
–
NE
+
G+
B/K
OD
1
SL
S1
S2
VC
IDL
VTA
E2
TH
W
EC
T
OD
G–W
J/BNO. 3
145
A
A A
B B B
B
C C A
A B
3D12
E24
I10
3
1
1
2
EA ID
3
17 6
9
7157
19
161326
10 4
6 11
TT TE1
E1
V–W
R–L
O/D
OF
F
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
C13
,C
14
BA
LG
BR
BR
BR
BR
LG–BB
R
BR
BR
BR
–B
W–R
LGW
–BBR
BR
BR
VE
HIC
LES
PE
ED
SE
NS
OR
( SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R)
NO
.2
( FO
RE
LEC
TR
ON
ICA
LLY
CO
NT
RO
LLE
DTR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
)
O/D MAINSW
O 4
V2
I 6
IC
1
2
2
3 P
R
N
D
2
L4
9
8
7
5
1
6
BM2
3
BM2
5
BM2
4
BM2
11
BM2
6
BM2
12
BM2
13
P
R
N
D
2
L
E17
E17
EB17
IE114
3A9
LG–R
LG
R–W
P–B
L–Y
LG
LG–R LG–B
LG
R–W
P–B
R–B
L–Y L–Y
R–B
P–B
R–W
LG
LG–R
W–B
7. 5AECU–IG
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
7. 5AGAUGE
J/BNO. 3
B6
B14
LG–R
LG
B–Y
B–Y
R–L
W–B
BR
LG
BR
LG
J/BNO. 3
V–W
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2 1
C16
P 1
A
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
( FO
RE
AR
TH
)
J3
B20 B3
O W
TOIGNITER
EA1
14
EA1
13
EA1
9
EA1
12
EA1
11
R–B
R–B
TO BACK–UP LIGHT
G8
FR
OM
TAIL
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
3D9
A
A JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J1
R–L
SP
D
IGF
OD
2
EO
2
EO
1
E1
SP
2
TE
1
L 2
IGT
TT
EA3
13
DA
TA
LIN
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
1( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TOR
)
D1
E 4R–B
L–Y
W–B
W–B
A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
E 4 , E 5 , E 6C B
146
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLS THE GEAR SHIFT TIMING, LOCK–UP TIMING, THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE HYDRAULICPRESSURE, AND THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING, TO ACHIVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEDRIVING CONDITIONS AND ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS, AS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE MOST APPROPRIATE GEAR FOR THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINALTHW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND ALSO ON THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU) FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THENOUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWSFROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND A CONTINUOUS FLOW TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THEELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND ACONTINUOUS FLOW TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO A CONTINUOUS FLOW TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEENMET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, CAUSING A CONTINUOUS TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL B/K OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), WHICH OPERATES, AND THE CONTINUOUS FLOW TO THE LOCK–UPSOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WHICH OPERATES AND CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE AREMET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGHTHE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND IT OPERATES TO PREVENT SHIFTING INTO OVERDRIVE.
E 6(A), E 7(C), E 8(B) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU)
(A) 4– (B)14 : 7.5–14 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED)0–1.5 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED)
(C) 4– (C) 9 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F))(C)12– (C) 9 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(C)11– (C) 9 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(C) 1– (C) 9 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A)20– (B)14 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 7– (B)14 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON)
1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF)(A) 9– (B)14 : PULSE GENERATION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
147
(B)16– (B)14 : PULSE GENERATION(A)22– (B)14 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)
0–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT P OR N POSITION)
(B) 6– (B)14 : 7.5–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) AT 2 POSITION)1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT 2 POSITION)
(B)19– (B)14 : 7.5–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) AT L POSITION)1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT L POSITION)
(A)12– (B)14 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 1– (B)14 : 9–14 VOLTS (ALL CONDITIONS)
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C13 B 24 E 4 A 23 O 4 24
C14 A 24 E 5 C 23 P 1 23
C16 24 E 6 B 23S 7
A 24
C20 24 E 7 23S 7
B 24
D 1 23 J 1 24 T 2 23
E 2 23 J 3 24 V 2 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 29 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BM2 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 28 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 4 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E24 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
E17 I 632 COWL WIRE
E18 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE I1032 COWL WIRE
E22
( )
B23 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
148
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
150
CRUISE CONTROL
2 1
3B1
3B2
BM26II216
3A9
1
2 1
AIE313
I23
TOBRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
CRUISECONTROLCLUTCH SW
PARKINGBRAKESW
CANCEL
SET/COAST
RESUME/ACCEL
MA
IN
17
15 5
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
18193220
14
J/BNO. 3
CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
12
3 2
B–Y
B–Y
R–L
W–B
R–B
R–B
G–Y
G–B
R–B
R–B
R–W
( M/T
)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
W–B
R–L
R–B
W–B
C17
P 2C19
C13 , C14B
IE311
EA31
BR
WW
W
3
8
15
E1
TC
DA
TALI
NK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R1
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CTO
R)
D1
3D9
A4
B12
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
R–L R–L
G–R
7
R–W
(A/T)
I23
R–W
R–W
( A/T
)
( A/T
)TO
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ETE
R
A A
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
V–W
BR
SP
D
TC
PK
B
CC
S
CM
S
D
B PI
( A/T
)
CRUISE CONTROL ECUC20
A10
A6C14
A
FRO
MP
AR
K/N
EU
TRA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TRA
LS
TAR
TS
W)
J/BNO. 3
R–LA
(M/T)
(M/T)
ID EA
151
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
1
IK118 IK115 IK117IK116 IK18 IK17
M
3D
10
4
13 25 24 23 11 12 16
BB
3 2 1 7 6 5
229
15ASTOP
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
2
1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
R–W
W–B
L–B
Y–G
Y–B
Y–R Y
L–B
Y–G
Y–B
Y–R Y
R–W
R–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
AC
TU
ATO
RC
4
J 1
C20
IC
A
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I13
B
C12C12
A12
D20 B15
E18
EA318
IE412 BM27BM217
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)(3S–GTE)
21
P
P–B
BR
–WB
R–W
P
P–B
BR
–W
P
P–B
BR
–Y
P
P BR–W
(A/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)
TOE
LEC
TRO
NIC
ALL
YC
ON
TRO
LLE
DTR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
SO
LEN
OID
TO THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR ” IDL”
E20 : 5S–FEE10 : 3S–GTE
5
II218
7. 5AECU–B
1
2
15
W–R
W–R
R–W
R–W
1
3D4
3D6
3A4
1
2
4
3
IE14
R–W
R
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
10
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
STOP LIGHT SWAND CRUISECONTROLSTOP SW
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T))
E 4 , E 5 ,E 5, E 6D A C B
IDL
EC
T
BA
TT
L– MC
MO
LVR3 VR2 VR1
OD
ST
P+
ST
P–
IDL
OD
1
S2
TO STOP LIGHTS
IK13
GN
D
26
R–Y
( A/T
)R
–Y
W–B
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
I27 : M/TI19 : A/T
W–B
( M/T
)
S 7
EA14
152
CRUISE CONTROL
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TO TERMINAL2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SWITCH.
WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TO TERMINAL 19 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROLECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B)12 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SWITCH IS PUSHED, AND IF THE VEHICLE SPEED ISWITHIN THE SET LIMIT OF APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SWITCH IS RELEASED AND MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SETSPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFTHE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THETHROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEEDIS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE AND CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, WHICH RETURNSTHE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SWITCH IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SWITCH IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCELSWITCH IS TURNED OFF, MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H), AFTER CANCELING THE SPEED BYTHE CANCEL SWITCH, PUSHING THE RESUME SWITCH WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”(M/T) SHIFT LEVER IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT “D” POSITION. “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU”
∗ THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE ECU”
SYSTEM OUTLINE
153
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWITCH TURNSOFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SWITCH MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON AGAIN.
∗ EXCESS CURRENT TO THE TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN THE CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, KEEPING THE THROTTLE VALVE IN THE“OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ THE RESUME SWITCH IS ALREADY ON WHEN THE MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
∗ THE MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SWITCH IS “ON”AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 16 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
C 4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2 K5–4 : APPROX. 38.5
C17 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–19 : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON5–19 : APPROX. 418 THE WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH THE RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON
C20 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]14–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SW ON20–GROUND: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF THE ROTOR SHAFT18–GROUND: APPROX. 418 WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH THE RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT “D” POSITION (A/T)13–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON
SERVICE HINTS
154
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 4 23 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) C20 24 E 6 B 23
C13 B 24 D 1 23 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) J 1 24
C14 A 24 E 4 D 23 J 3 24
C17 24E 5
A 24 P 2 24
C19 24E 5
C 23 S 7 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 32 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E10 26 (3S–GTE) I19
E1828 (5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE I23 32 COWL WIRE
E2028 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE
I27
32 COWL WIRE
I13 32 COWL WIRE
155
156
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
3D1
3D10
3A3
11 1 1
5
15ARAD & CIG
15ADOME
TAILLIGHTRELAY
15ATAIL
CLOCK
CIGARETTELIGHTER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J/BNO. 3
IC
G
G
RR
R
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
GR
GR
GR
G
W–B
GR
W
1 3
1
A
B
42 2
A
B
5 1
211
43 2
42
J 1
C11
C 9
J 2
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
( *1)
( *1)
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
AJ 3
3B7
J/BNO. 3
( *1)
* 1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, POWER WINDOWOR WOOFER SPEAKER
II33
1
W
157
C 9 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
C11 CLOCK3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 9 24 J 1 24 J 3 24
C11 24 J 2 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
1
21 2
3 4
B
C11C 9 J 1
A A
J 2 J 3
B B
BBB
B
B B
B
A A
A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A
A X A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
158
AUTO ANTENNA*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
*2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER*3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
5
4
2
3
1
2
3D3
3D1
3A3
IE41 IE47 IE48
II33
I 5 B
8 A1B9B8
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
15ADOME
7. 5AECU–IG
15ARAD & CIG
J/BNO. 3
R B–Y GR
G–B
P–L
B–R P–L
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
B–YR
RR
IE111
R
GR GR
ANT+ AMP+
TOSTEREOCOMPONENTAMPLIFIER
( *1)
( *1)
(EXCEPT *1)
( *1)
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
RADIO AND PLAYER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2 2 1
R 1 , R 2
A
A
W–B
B28
BI BG
W–B
C
CC
J/BNO. 3
(EXCEPT *1)
(*2)(*3)
M
AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY
UPLIMIT
DOWNLIMIT
DOWN
UP
1 2 5 6 4 3
685973241
R B
R–G L–B
L–G
W–B
BR–B
B–W
L
B
W–B
AU
TOA
NTE
NN
AC
ON
TRO
LR
ELA
YA
ND
MO
TOR
A 24 B
A2
4A
159
A24(B) AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A24A 24 J 1 24 R 2 B 24
A24B 24 R 1 A 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE430 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 32 COWL WIRE B28 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
8 9
BR 2(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
1 2
3 4 5 61 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
A BA24 A24
C
C C
C1
8 X
AR 1J 1 (W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
C
C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
160
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
5
4
1
2
3D3
3A10
3D1
3A3
II33
IF14 IF11
B16
B16
IB
15ADOME
15ARAD & CIG
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
4 10
9 3 8
1
1 5 3 8
11
1
7
9
222
PBR V
VPP
BR
V
P V P V
BR
LR
PBR
G–WL–
Y
L–Y
GR
GR
GR
R
ACC IN
GND FL+ FL–
V
PBR
O
L–W
V
L
G–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
WF+ WF– GND
MUTEAMP+WF–WF+
+BREAR WOOFERAMPLIFIERLH
REAR WOOFERSPEAKER LH
FRONT SPEAKERLH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
R17F13 F17
S 8S 9
R15
J 1
2 1
R
10
+B
R
3C6
L–Y
R
( A/T
)
GR
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
C
C
( M/T
)
L–Y
LG
BR
L–Y
B19
2 5 8 7 1 4 3 6
BR
BR
( SH
IELD
ED
)
G–W BR P L O
L–W
BL12
RR
TO PERSONALLIGHT
WL+ WL–AMP+L
MUTEL WR+ WR–
AMP+R
MUTER
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( M/T
)
J/BNO. 3
I27
L–Y
J/BNO. 3
R
I27 : M/TI25 : A/T
I27 : M/TI26 : A/T
B20
BR
B20
:M
/TI2
5:
A/T
161
I19
B15
B15
IE4
7
IJ12 IJ13
2 7 5 12 4 11
1514131276511341
1 1 1 1
8 10 9 5 6 7 12 13 14 15
2 2 2 2
AMP+ +B ACC GND MUTE FL+ FR+ S¥GND BEEP RL+ RR+
FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
V
L–W
O
LG
L
B–R 8
AMP+ +B ACC OUT MUTE FL+ FR+ S¥GND BEEP RL+ RR+
( SH
IELD
ED
)
B W R G Y BR L
( SH
IELD
ED
)
RWB
G–B
LG L B Y R W
LLGLG
L
B Y R W
LLGLLG
BR
ANT+
TOAUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
FRONT SPEAKERRH
REAR SPEAKERLH
REAR SPEAKERRH
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
S10
S 9
R 1
F18 F14 R11 R12
I19P–L
LG
2
1
1
5
3
8
7 9
4
10
+BGND
WF+
WF–
AMP+
MUTE WF+
WF–
BR
L–Y
L–Y
BR
G
W
REAR WOOFER AMPLIFIER RHR16
R18
RE
AR
WO
OF
ER
SP
EA
KE
RR
H
P–L
( SH
IELD
ED
)
162
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
S 9 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F13 25 R 1 24 R17 25
F14 25 R11 25 R18 25
F17 25 R12 25 S 8 25
F18 25 R15 25 S 9 25
J 1 24 R16 25 S10 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 30 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1 34 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I19 B15 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I2532 COWL WIRE
B16 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I2632 COWL WIRE
B1934 COWL WIRE
I27 B2034 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
163
164
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o WOOFER SPEAKER)
1 5
3C6
3D3
3A3
3D1 IE47 IE48
II33
IF14 IF11 IJ12 IJ13
B16 B16 B15 B15
2 6 1 5 2 6 1
3 4 8 9
IB
1 1
1 1
1 12 2
2 2
2 2
3
GR R
R
G–B
P–L
P–L
B–R
P
V LG L B Y R W
LG
P V
LLLGVP
P V LG L
P V LG L B Y R W
BR
BR
FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
AMP+ANT++BACC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
42
21
15ARAD & CIG
15ADOME TO AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRONTSPEAKER LH
FRONTSPEAKER RH
REARSPEAKER LH
REARSPEAKER RH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
L–Y
RADIO AND PLAYERR 3
R 2
R12R11F18F17
F14F13
GR
GR
GR
C
C
(EX
CE
PT
*1)
( *1)
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J1
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, POWER WINDOW
GND
7
165
R 2 RADIO AND PLAYER4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F13 25 F18 25 R 3 24
F14 25 J 1 24 R11 25
F17 25 R 2 24 R12 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 30 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B15 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE B16 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
1 2
1 2
C
C
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
1 2
3 X 6 1
2
F13, F14 F17, F18 J 1 R 2
R11, R12R 3
GRAY
CC
CC
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
SERVICE HINTS
166
COMBINATION METER
1 5 5
II33
II218
3A9
3D13D
9
A B C C A A A
A B C C A
EA
BM15
EA311
EC11
IE11
EA34 ID21
3C10
2 4 1
1 2 2
4 6 5 6 10 13 12
12477
15ADOME
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–B
R–L R
W–R
RR W
–R
V–W
G–B
G–Y
B–O
R–L
OIL
LEV
EL
CH
AR
GE
OP
EN
DO
OR
SR
S
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
TU
RN
RHLH
R–W R–Y
W–BY
R–Y
R–Y
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
IG2”
FR
OM
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TR
OL
MO
DU
LE( E
NG
INE
AN
DE
LEC
TR
ON
ICA
LLY
CO
NT
RO
LLE
DT
RA
NS
MIS
SIO
NE
CU
( A/T
) ,E
NG
INE
EC
U( M
/T))
AB
SE
CU
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
UP
OW
ER
STE
ER
ING
EC
U
FROMHAZARD SWTURN SIGNAL SW
W–B
W–B
RR
RL–
W
YY
R–Y
W–B
J/BNO. 3T
OG
EN
ER
AT
OR
( ALT
ER
NA
TO
R)
”L”
TOC
EN
TE
RA
IRB
AG
SE
NS
OR
AS
SE
MB
LY
TOD
AT
ALI
NK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R1
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CTO
R)
TOD
OO
RC
OU
RT
ES
YS
W
ENGINE OILLEVEL SENSOR
COMBINATION METER
E 9
IC
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
C3
3D2
R–L
R–L
A
A
(*1)
W–B
A
V
V
( 3S
–GTE
)( 3
S–G
TE
)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
OIL LEVELDELAYCIRCUIT
(3S–GTE)
3C2
(*1)
VO
LT( 5
S–F
E)
2
1
OIL
LEV
EL
OIL
TE
MP
.
B5
RFO
G
FR
OM
FOG
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
AC13 , C14C D, C15 , C16B
EC12
R–W
SPEED
(EX
CE
PT
*1)
I 2 : M/TI10 : A/T
167
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
ID
II25 IK29
IE112
EA15
II216
IE33
EA1111
3B3
3B1
B A A
C C C C AA
HIG
HB
EA
M
CO
OLI
NG
FAN
BR
AK
E
FUE
LG
AU
GE
FUE
L
TU
RB
OP
RE
SS
UR
E
SE
CU
RIT
Y
10 11 5
3 6813910
STARTERCHECKRELAY
3
1 2
R–L
R–L
R
YY
FR
OM
HE
AD
LIG
HT
S
FR
OM
CLU
TC
HS
TA
RT
SW
FR
OM
TH
EF
TD
ETE
RR
EN
TE
CU
L–W
R–B
Y–R Y–L BR
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–Y
L–W
R–B
BR
BR
BR
TO
CO
OLI
NG
FA
NE
CU
TO
TUR
BO
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
NS
OR
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
FUEL SENDER
P2
F 5
( 3S
–GTE
)( 3
S–G
TE
)
( 3S
–GT
E)
(3S–GTE)
I23 I23
3B2
R–B R–BR–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
( *1)
J/B NO. 3
( *1)
(* 1)
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
IE3
6
EA1
10V V Y–RV
(3S–GTE)
B14
BE BF
1
W–B
W–B
W–B2W–BR–B
BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
B 6
COMBINATION METERAC13 , C14C D, C15 , C16B
BM29
FR
OM
PA
RK
/NE
UT
RA
LP
OS
ITIO
NS
W( N
EU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)
B
B
(A/T)
( M/T
)
R–B
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
TO
AB
SE
CU
R–B
( *1)
I27 : M/TI10 : A/T
B 6BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
W–B
(5S–FE)
R–B
(5S–FE)
( 3S
–GT
E)
(3S–GTE)
1 2
(A/T
)
168
COMBINATION METER
A B B B C C B C B
IE113 IE118
EA36 EA33
IE17 IE117
EA37
II48 IE115
EA
1
2 1 2 3 7 11 4 12 8
TAC
HO
WA
TER
TE
MP
.
OIL
SE
AT
BE
LT
O/D
OFF
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
CR
UIS
E
MA
LFU
NC
TIO
NIN
DIC
AT
OR
LAM
P( C
HE
CK
EN
GIN
EW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T)
B
Y–G
W–B
Y–B
BR
–R
LG LG G–R
G–W
B
Y–G
W–B
Y–B
LG G–W
Y–G
Y–B
W–B
W–B
TO
SE
AT
BE
LTW
AR
NIN
GR
ELA
Y
TO
O/D
MA
INS
W
TO
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
EC
U
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
TOE
NG
INE
CO
NT
RO
LM
OD
ULE
( EN
GIN
EE
CU
)
OILPRESSURESW
WA
TER
TE
MP
.S
EN
DE
R
W1
O 1
COMBINATION METER
C13 ,C 14 , C1 5 , C16C A B D
( 5S
–FE
)( A
/T)
2
EB17
1
3
3Y–R BR
B–Y
B–Y
BR
7. 5AECU–IG
SI
IG+
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATION METER)
V 1
2
2
SE
1
FR
OM
IGN
ITO
R
169
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
A D D D D D D
B A D
BM213 BM212 BM26 BM211 BM24 BM25
EA313
3D12
IC
G–O
R–B
W–B
LG–R
LG R–W P–B
R–B
L–Y
G
LG–B
LG R–W P–B
R–B
L–Y
L–Y
R–B
P–B
R–WLG
LG–R
AB
S
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
8 6 5 4 3 2 1
79 9
L 2 D N R P
TO
AB
SE
CU
TOR
HE
OS
TA
T
W–B
W–B
FROM A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)](A/T)
COMBINATION METER
C13 , C14 , C1 5 , C 16C A B D
A
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
( A/T
)
J 3
G
G
( EX
CE
PT
*1)
A
A JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J2
EA1
1
BM2
8
BM1
3
ID
BR
BRBRBR
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
(M/T) (A/T)
EA111 EA112 EA19 EA113 EA114
D8
G
( A/T
)F
RO
MTA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
( *1)
( *1)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
170
COMBINATION METER
B 6 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
C13(C), C14(A), C15(B) COMBINATION METER(C)6, (C) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A)1, (B)2, (A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
C16 (D) COMBINATION METER (5S–FE A/T)(D) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
P 2 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
W 1 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 198.5 AT 50°C (122°F)
: APPROX. 29.7 AT 105°C (221°F)
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 6 25 E 9 22 J 3 24
C13 C 24 F 5 24 O 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C14 A 24 I 3 22 P 2 24
C15 B 24 J 1 24 V 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C16 D 24 J 2 24 W 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EC1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
ID2 30 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE130 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE330 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)II4
32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK2 32 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
SERVICE HINTS
171
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 I27 32 COWL WIRE
I10 32 COWL WIRE B14 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I23
172
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
1. COOLING FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF FAN MAIN RELAY →TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN MAIN RELAY OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
AT THE TIME, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2, AND FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF FANRELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/CAMPLIFIER. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 1 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN RELAY NO. 3 TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE FAN MAIN RELAY AND FAN RELAY NO. 1, NO. 2 AND NO. 3 TURN ON, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM ATL FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/CCONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES,CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORETHAN 1402 KPA 14.3 KG/CM2 203 PSI), THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURN OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ALT FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAINRELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FANRELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AT THE SAME TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF FAN MAIN RELAY TO RAD FAN FUSE →TERMINAL 4 OF FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWINGTO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
NOTE THAT, EVEN IF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 90°C (194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATORFAN) TURNS OFF A SIGNAL IS SENT TO TERMINAL 9 OF A/C AMPLIFIER. BECAUSE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF A/CAMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 6 IS SHUT OFF, THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW AND GROUND IS DEACTIVATED,SO THE SAME OPERATION CONTINUES.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 10 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 11 → TERMINAL (A)4 AND (A)5 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 AND(A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 →GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 3 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL(A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL (A) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE ATMEDIUM LOW SPEED.
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OFHEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 2 OF BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) → TERMINAL (A) 6 →GROUND.
THIS CURRENT FLOWS FROM BLOWER MOTOR TO GROUND IS GREATER THAN AT M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTORROTATES AT MEDIUM HIGH SPEED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
173
3. OPERATION OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR∗ SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR.
WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (C) 9 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATESAND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
∗ SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND,THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 6 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROLASSEMBLY SW.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACEPOSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 14 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES THEN UNIT THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 5 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 13 OF CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONTHE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURESIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND CURRENT TEMPARATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SW, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/CFUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 11 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AT THIS TIME, THE A/C AMPLIFIER IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 →GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON, SO THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF A/CMAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH → GROUND, CAUSING THE A/C COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE.
WITH THE ACTIVATION OF A/C AMPLIFIER, CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 1 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) → TERMINAL 14 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THEVSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE SPEED DURING THE AIR CONDITIONING OPERATES.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIRCONDITIONING.
∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES. (3S–GTE)
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
174
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
10 9AM2 IG2
ST2II3
13
5
5
5
7. 5AAM2
5
5
40A
HTR
5
5 55
5 5
30A
RA
DF
AN
30A
CD
SF
AN
5
M
1
2
5
W
W–B
W–R
5 5
5 5
5
5 5
55
5 5
5 5
II2
2
D 3DIODE (FOR A/C SYSTEM)
B 6
II37
B 6
M
1
2
BE
FANMAINRELAY
FANRELAYNO. 1
FANRELAYNO. 2
FANRELAYNO. 3
BATTERY
5
120A
ALT
10
2
3 2
4 1
1
3 1
3 2
3
2
2
5 3 2 4 23
5
4
1
5 1
8 4 7
1
W–B
B
L
W–B
B–O
W
B–O
B–O B–OB–O
W–B
B–O
W
L–R
L–R
B–R
W WB
W
W–B
L–W
W–B
B
B–O
W–R
L–R
L–R B B B
B–O
W
W–B
W–B
B
L–R
A/CCONDENSERFAN MOTOR
RADIATORFAN MOTOR
B–R
IGNITION SWI10
A17 R 5
IH1
5
II2
4L L L
W–B
FL MAIN2. 0L
B B
W–B
I15 : M/TI26 : A/T
B7
:*1
B8
:*2
175
*1 : W/ POWER STEERING*2 : W/O POWER STEERING
5 5
55
2
3
SHORT PIN(W/O A/C)
A/C SINGLEPRESSURE SW[A/C TRIPLEPRESSURE SW]
(W/ A/C)
IH19
II219
IH14
II21
1
2
II220
IH110
5
HEATERRELAY
5
5
4
1
I29
I36
IH1
18
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
[A/C
TR
IPLE
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
]
A18
I36
4
IH112
G
L–W
IH1
6
IE4
10B B
B
FROMIGNITER
IE116
1
E 5
EA316
L–R
L–R
II2
21
II3
12
II2
24
II223
IH1
2
10AA/C
B
B
W–B
L
R
R
B
A18A18
R
R–LB
2
4 33
5
2
1
P–G L
R–L
P–G
L
L–R
Y–L
B–W
L–R
L
P–G
R–L
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
W–L
W–L
B–W
L–O
L–RW
–R
Y
L
W–B
RR
W–RY
Y
W–R
R
R L–R
L
L–R
W–L
( W/O
A/C
)
( W/
A/C
)
A 9A/C THERMISTOR
43
1
21
2
15381891
512 16
A/C AMPLIFIERA 4
3
W–B
W–B
Y
Y
(W/O A/C)
A1
A/C
MA
GN
ET
ICC
LUT
CH
TE SG1 IGN
WRS SG2 TW WRP PRS MGC
1
2
WA
TE
RTE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R( W
/A
/C)
WA
TE
RTE
MP
.S
W( F
OR
RA
DIA
TO
RF
AN
,W
/OA
/C)
W3W
3
Y
W–R
A/C
MA
GN
ET
ICC
LUTC
HR
ELA
Y
A8
( 3S
–GT
E)
B–L
( W/O
A/C
)
( W/
A/C
)
B–L
L–R
IH1
14
B 6
L–R
W–L
II412
L–R
( W/
A/C
)
( W/
A/C
)
(3S–GTE)
176
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
A
B
(3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
IE4
5
EA3
10
1
2
EA39
IE46
IH17
IH1
16
IH1
8
EN
GIN
EC
ON
TRO
LM
OD
ULE
( EN
GIN
EA
ND
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
ALL
YC
ON
TR
OLL
ED
TR
AN
SM
ISS
ION
EC
U( A
/T) ,
EN
GIN
EE
CU
( M/T
))
BI IC
B22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
I36
I29 3D
12
3D
10
10
8
IH117
2 146 11
B–Y
BR
–R
B–W
B–W
BR
–BB
R–R
BR
–B
W–B P
R–L
P–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
P
L
L–R
W–B
W–B
R–L
P–G
L
L–R
Y–L
B–W
W–B
W–B
Y W–B
W–B
E4
,E
4,
E4
J 3
J/B NO. 3
Y–L Y–L
W–B
W–B
A A
A/C AMPLIFIERA 4
AB
C
R–L
7
R–L
R–L
ACA
AC
IH13
P
IH111
Y
(W/O A/C)
BG
W–B
IH119
IE42
B21
IH115
10
P–G
IE38
P–G
P–G
ACT
BM16BM216
C6 C3 (5S–FE M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)
ACT AC1 VSVIG GND A/C
W
W–B
( A/T
)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
( A/T
)
( M/T
)( M
/T)
(* 2)
(*1)
VS
V( F
OR
A/C
IDLE
–UP
SY
STE
M)
( 3S
–GT
E)
V4
W–B
17
SELECT
W–G
I27 : M/TI26 : A/T
( 3S
–GTE
)
(* 2)
177
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER *2 : EXCEPT *1
OFF LO M1 M2 HI
A A A A A A
M
2
1
BLO
WE
RM
OT
OR
BLOWERRESISTOR
B B B B6 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2
R–L
P–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
P
L
L–R
W–B
W–B
R–L
P–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–W
L–B
L
L–W
L–Y
L–B
L–W
L–B
L–R P
G
W
L–W
B 3
B2
A/C
4
2 13
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A 5 , A 6 , A 7C A B
R–L R–L
L–O
FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
L–W
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
I30
:M
/TI2
9:
A/T
I20 : M/TI22 : A/T
178
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF
C C C C C C12 13 4 5 14 3 10
R–L
P–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
13C3C
87
3D9 3C3
3A
9
(M/T)(A/T)
J/BNO. 3
3D8
R–L
(* 2)
P–G
L–W
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
BR–B
Y
R–L
W–B (*2)
W–B (*2)
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
AA
G
Y
BR
–B
L–Y
L–O
BR
–W
7. 5AGAUGE
JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 1
C
R–
LR
–L
R–
L
R–L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
2
(*2)
(*2)
(*1)
B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A 5 , A 6 , A 7C A
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
(*1)
R–L
(* 1)
(* 1)
179
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER *2 : EXCEPT * 1
B
DE
F
FO
OT
/DE
F
FO
OT
BI–
LEV
EL
FA
CE
M
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
FRESHRECIRC
DEFOGGER
C C CC 151119
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A 5 , A 6 , A 7C A
W–B
W–B
11
10P–G
L–W
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
BR–B
Y
R–L
W–B (* 2)
W–B (* 2)
W–B
R–L
W–B
W–B
R–L
Y
BR–B
L–Y
L–O
BR–W
P–G
M
FRESH RECIRC
AIR INLET SERVO MOTORA12
3
1
4
B B
G
L
(* 1)
(* 2)
R–L
R–L
W–B
R–Y
( *1)
B
G L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORA13
(* 1)
IC
( *2)
(* 1)
(*1)
(*1)
R–
L( *
2)
TO DEFOGGER RELAY
(* 2)
180
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
A 9 A/C THERMISTOR3–4 : APPROX. 4852 AT 0°C (32°F)
APPROX. 2341 AT 15°C (59°F)APPROX. 1500 AT 25°C (77°F)
A18 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]1–4 : OPEN WITH THE PRESSURE LESS THAN 206 KPA (30 PSI, 2.1 KG/CM2) OR ABOVE 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)
W 3 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)B 3 BLOWER RESISTOR
1–3 : APPROX. 0.45 3–2 : APPROX. 0.78 2–4 : APPROX. 0.91
A 4 A/C AMPLIFIER 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS18–9 : CONTINUOUS WITH THE WATER TEMP. SW CLOSED [BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)] 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING (3S–GTE)11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON
A12 AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR4–3 : CLOSED WITH THE AIR INLET DAMPER AT RECIRC POSITION4–1 : CLOSED WITH THE AIR INLET DAMPER AT FRESH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 1 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE) A13 24 E 4 C 23
A 4 24 A17 25 I10 24
A 5 C 24 A18 25 J 1 24
A 6 A 24 B 2 24 J 3 24
A 7 B 24 B 3 24 R 5 25
A 8 24 D 3 24 V 4 22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
A 9 24E 4
A 22 W 3 25
A12 24E 4
B 23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)3D
21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IE4
30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 30 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2
II3 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)II4
32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
SERVICE HINTS
181
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 526 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI29
32 COWL WIREE 528 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI30
32 COWL WIRE
I15 I36 32 A/C SUB WIRE
I20 B 6
I22 34 COWL WIRE B 7 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I26 B 8
34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I27 B22 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
182
GROUND POINT
ABS ACTUATOR
BRAKE FLUID LEVELSW
POWER STEERINGECU
POWER STEERINGRELAY
RETRACT MOTOR LH
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND PARKINGLIGHT LH
FOG LIGHT LH
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND PARKINGLIGHT RH
RETRACT MOTOR RH
FAN RELAY NO. 2
FRONT LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT DOORCOURTESY SW(W/ THEFTDETERRENT)
HEATER RELAY
FAN MAIN RELAY
FAN RELAY NO. 3
POWER STEERINGDRIVER
B11
B14
B11
B13
B12
B14
B 6
B 7
B 6
B11
B 7
B 8
B 7
B 8 5
5
5
5
BF BE
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–
B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–
BW
–BW
–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
W–B (E)
(–S)
(* 4)
( *4
)( *
4)
( *4)
( *4)
W–B
(*3)
(*4)
(*3)
(*4)
(*3)
(* 4)
(* 1)
(*1
)(*
1)
W–
B
(* 1)
(* 4)
W–B
(*1
)
W–B
B 3
B11FOG LIGHT RH
B 7W
–B
W–B
(*1)
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B14W–B
B11
W–B
W–
B5
183
*1 : W/ ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING, W/ FOG LIGHT*2 : 5S–FE M/T *4 : W/O ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING
*3 : W/ ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T))
COMBINATION METER(ET)
ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH
STARTER RELAY
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
HIGH MOUNTED STOPLIGHT
CIRCUIT OPENINGRELAY
COMBINATION METER(ET)
ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
ENGINE OIL LEVELSENSOR
REAR LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT KEYUNLOCK SW
EA3
3
IE1
7
E24
E20
E11
E22
E24
E 7
E11
E 6
E11
B28
B26
B23
B28
B22
B23
EA
EFI MAIN RELAY
BG BH
2
2
2
(E01)
(E02)
(E1)
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROLRELAY AND MOTOR
COOLING FAN ECU(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
W–B W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
W–B
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
OXYGEN SENSOR(SUB)
BR
BR
(3S–GTE)
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER (–)
BI
B
(5S–FE)
IE1
7
EA3
3
W–B
W–B
(5S–FE)
(5S–FE)
W–B
(5S–FE)
W–B
W–B
E24
BR
(3S–GTE)
(A/T)
(5S–FE)
EC1
2
(3S–GTE)
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
IGNITION MAINRELAY
(–S)
(E) 2
W–B
EA1
7
IE4
2
IH1
19W–G W–BB22
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B B
W–B
W–B
BACK–UP LIGHTB29W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 2)(*2)(*2)
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(OXYGEN SENSOR)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)(E1)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)(E1)
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)(FOR ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SYSTEM)
184
GROUND POINT
COMBINATION SW
COMBINATION SW (ED)
POWER WINDOW MASTERSW AND DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW LH
DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW LH
DOOR KEY CYLINDERLIGHT AND OUT SIDEHANDLE SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
REAR WOOFERAMPLIFIER LH
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
DEFOGGER RELAY
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
IGNITION SW ANDUNLOCK WARNING SW
BUCKLE SW
SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY
COMBINATION METER(EP)
COMBINATION SW(EL)
CLOCK
THEFT DETERRENTECU
RHEOSTAT
IGNITION KEYCYLINDER LIGHT
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
B17
B16
B16
B16
B16
I27
1
IK1
10
3D
11
3C
11
3C
10
3B
9
3B
8
3B
7
3A
7
3A
6
3D
12
3D
10
(EXCEPT *1)
IC
IB
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
AA
W–B
W–B
J/BNO. 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
W–B
W–B
W–B
B16
W–B
(EXCEPT *1)
ABS ECU
Y
W–B
W–B
REAR WOOFERAMPLIFIER RH
BR
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
I29
I29
IH1
19
I27
B20
IH1
8
I36
CIGARETTE LIGHTERW–B
I24
I 7
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–G
W–BW–BW–BW–B
W–B
W–B
(*7)
W–B
COMBINATION SW (E)
O/D MAIN SW
A/T INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
A/C AMPLIFIER
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY
W–B
W–B
W–B
(EXCEPT *1)
I29
W–B
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A/C AMPLIFIER
WATER TEMP. SW(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
(W/ A/C)
A
(EXCEPT *1)
BLOWER RESISTORW–B
RADIO AND PLAYER
W–B
W–B
IH1
16
II2
1
IH1
4Y YW–B
W–B
(W/O A/C)
W
BR
(EXCEPT *5)
(*1)
I 6
W–B
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
(*5)
I29
W–B
GND
GND
W–B
AA
I27 : M/TI 6 : A/T
I27 : M/TI26 : A/T
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E2)
IF1
10W–BW–B
B20 : M/TI25 : A/T
(A/T)
(EXCEPT *4)
(EXCEPT *1)
(*1)
(A/T)
(A/T)
I16 : M/TI 5 : A/T
W–B
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION AND DOOROPEN DETECTION SW LH
185
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKERER
*2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER*3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER*4 : W/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
*5 : W/ CD PLAYER*6 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT*7 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
DOOR LOCK ECU
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
RHEOSTAT
CLOCK
POWER MAIN RELAY
FUEL PUMP
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E1)
COMBINATION METER(ES)
FUEL SENDER
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWRHB15
B15
B15
IJ1
10
ID
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BRBR
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
RJ
1(*1)
(*1)
SHIFT LOCK ECUW–B
EA1
7
IE3
2
BM1
4
COMBINATION METER
I13
STARTER RELAYW–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
B
(A/T) (M/T)(EXCEPT *1)
(*1)
B
(*1)
BM1
3
BM2
8
EA1
1 BRBRBR
W–B
(A/T) (M/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
(*1)
BR
(*1)
(*6)
I26 : M/TI30 : A/T
I27 : M/TI10 : A/T
I27 : M/TI10 : A/T
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1(FOR COMBINATIONMETER)
(*1) (*1)
DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCKDETECTION AND DOOROPEN DETECTION SW RH
I26 : M/TI27 : A/T
186
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 24 J 3 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 19 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 20 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EC1 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
IE1
IE3 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 30 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 30 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2 32 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 32 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 32 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM134 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM234 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 30 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 30 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 30 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 34 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BH 34 UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR
BI 34 LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
187
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 6 B 3
E 7 26 (3S–GTE) B 6
E11
26 (3S GTE)
ENGINE WIREB 7
E20ENGINE WIRE
B 8
E22 28 (5S–FE) B 9 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E24
28 (5S FE)
B11
34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 5 B12
I 6 B13
I 7 B14
I10 B15 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I13 B1634 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I1632 COWL WIRE
B1734 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I2432 COWL WIRE
B20 34 COWL WIRE
I25 B22
I26 B23
I27 B26 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I29 B28
34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I30 B29
I36 32 A/C SUB WIRE
Top Related